Service Manual
- Power Protection - Monitoring - Diesel Control
- Power Management
SYMAP®
Service Manual
- 2/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
FOR THIS DOCUMENT WE RESERVE ALL RIGHTS. WITHOUT OUR CONSENT IN WRITING IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS NOR BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THIRD PARTIES. ANY VIOLATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO CRIMINAL PROSECUTION. THE CONTENT OF THIS MANUAL IS FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY. THE CONTENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY STUCKE ELEKTRONIK GMBH. STUCKE ELEKTRONIK GMBH ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS DOCUMENTATION.
Doku.-version: v3.0 issue: 10.12.2013(IH) File: SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx Firmware: CU: 1.10 / 17.09.2013 MU: 1.10 / 27.09.2013 RU: 1.10 / 12.08.2011 Parameter Tool SPT: v1.040
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 3/226 -
Table of content
1 Parameter settings introduction ................................................................................ 10 1.1 Change of settings ........................................................................................................ 10 1.2 Event system introduction ............................................................................................. 10 1.3 Graphical Quick User Guide – e.g. SYMAP®-Y ............................................................. 11
2 System settings .......................................................................................................... 16 2.1 Codes ........................................................................................................................... 17 2.2 General Parameter ....................................................................................................... 18 2.3 Nominal Ratio Values ................................................................................................... 26 2.4 Communication ............................................................................................................. 31 2.5 Analog Inputs ................................................................................................................ 36 2.5.1 PT100 Inputs ................................................................................................................ 38 2.6 Binary Inputs ................................................................................................................. 41 2.6.1 Wire fault alarm ............................................................................................................. 43 2.7 Analogous Outputs ....................................................................................................... 44 2.8 Binary Outputs .............................................................................................................. 48 2.8.1 Shunt #1 output ............................................................................................................ 48 2.8.2 Shunt #2 output ............................................................................................................ 49 2.8.3 Lockout relay ................................................................................................................ 50 2.8.4 Synchron ON output ..................................................................................................... 51 2.8.5 Function outputs ........................................................................................................... 52 2.9 Event Builder ................................................................................................................ 53 2.10 Power management (main menu) ................................................................................. 54 2.10.1 General PM Parameter ................................................................................................. 55 2.10.2 Power management ...................................................................................................... 62 2.10.3 Load sharing ................................................................................................................. 66 2.10.4 Frequency controller ..................................................................................................... 71 2.10.5 Voltage regulator .......................................................................................................... 75 2.10.6 Power factor controller .................................................................................................. 78 2.10.7 Big consumer request (BCR) ........................................................................................ 80 2.10.8 Blackout ........................................................................................................................ 83 2.10.9 Engine control ............................................................................................................... 87 2.10.10 Starting phase ............................................................................................................... 90 2.10.11 Stopping phase ............................................................................................................. 93 2.10.12 Preferential trip limits/Abnormal BUS condition ............................................................. 98 2.10.13 Additional limits ........................................................................................................... 101
3 Relay settings ........................................................................................................... 104 3.1 ANSI 15 – Matching device (motorpoty) ...................................................................... 106 3.2 ANSI 24 – Overexcitation Relay .................................................................................. 112 3.3 ANSI 25 /A – Automatic Synchronizing ....................................................................... 113 3.4 ANSI 27 – Undervoltage Relay ................................................................................... 121 3.5 ANSI 27 B – BUS undervoltage relay .......................................................................... 123 3.6 ANSI 32 – Overload Relay .......................................................................................... 124 3.7 ANSI 37 – Undercurrent Relay (motor) ....................................................................... 126 3.8 ANSI 40 Q – Loss of Excitation Relay ......................................................................... 127 3.9 ANSI 46 /RP – Negative Sequence Relay / Rotor Protection ..................................... 129 3.10 ANSI 47 – Phase sequence voltage relay ................................................................... 135 3.11 ANSI 49 – Thermal Overload ...................................................................................... 136 3.11.1 Thermal overload I (general) ....................................................................................... 136 3.11.2 Thermal overload II (user) ........................................................................................... 139 3.11.3 Thermal overload III (interval) ..................................................................................... 141 3.12 ANSI 50 BF – Breaker Failure ..................................................................................... 142 3.13 ANSI 50 – Instantaneous overcurrent relay ................................................................. 143 3.14 ANSI 50G/N – Instantaneous ground overcurrent relay............................................... 145
Service Manual
- 4/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.15 ANSI 51 – AC time overcurrent relay .......................................................................... 147 3.16 ANSI 51G/N – AC time ground overcurrent relay ........................................................ 151 3.17 ANSI 51 LR – Locked Rotor ........................................................................................ 153 3.18 ANSI 59 – Overvoltage relay ....................................................................................... 155 3.19 ANSI 59 B – BUS overvoltage relay ............................................................................ 157 3.20 ANSI 64/59N – Overvoltage ground relay ................................................................... 158 3.20.1 ANSI SEF - 100% Stator-Earthfault-Protection ........................................................... 159 3.21 ANSI 66 – Start Inhibit for Motors ................................................................................ 168 3.22 ANSI 67 – AC Directional Overcurrent Relay .............................................................. 169 3.23 ANSI 67GS/GD – AC directional ground overcurrent relay .......................................... 173 3.24 ANSI 78 – Vector surge / dF/dt / dP/dt supervision relay ............................................ 176 3.25 ANSI 78 S Out-of-step tripping .................................................................................... 178 3.26 ANSI 79 – AC reclosing relay ...................................................................................... 181 3.27 ANSI 81 – Frequency relay ......................................................................................... 184 3.28 ANSI 81 B – BUS frequency relay ............................................................................... 187 3.29 ANSI 86 – Lockout relay ............................................................................................. 189 3.30 ANSI 87 – Differential protection relay ........................................................................ 190 3.31 ANSI 87LD – Line Differential Protection .................................................................... 194 3.32 ANSI 87 N – Restrict earth fault relay .......................................................................... 198 3.33 ANSI 94 – Supervision relay ....................................................................................... 201 3.34 ANSI 95 i – Inrush blocking relay ................................................................................ 205 3.35 ANSI FF – Fuse failure (voltages) ............................................................................... 207 3.36 Auxiliary limits ............................................................................................................. 209 3.37 ANSI CW Contact wear measurement ....................................................................... 211 3.38 ANSI FL Fault Locator................................................................................................ 215
4 Alarm controller settings .......................................................................................... 217
5 Special parameters ................................................................................................... 221
6 Maintenance, Servicing and Retesting .................................................................... 223
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 5/226 -
Table of table
Table 2-1 Nominal settings selectors ..................................................................................... 30 Table 2-2 Available protocols ................................................................................................. 32 Table 2-3 Application of the second CANBUS-port ................................................................ 34 Table 2-4 Measuring types for analogous Inputs .................................................................... 37 Table 2-5 Event numbers for the current inputs ..................................................................... 38 Table 2-6 Connectors for temperature measuring inputs ........................................................ 38 Table 2-7 Event numbers for the temperature measuring inputs ............................................ 40 Table 2-8 Function inputs ....................................................................................................... 42 Table 2-9 Selection possibilities of analogous output function parameters ............................. 45 Table 2-10 Terminals of analogous outputs ............................................................................. 47 Table 2-11 Binary outputs ........................................................................................................ 48 Table 2-12 Parameters of function outputs .............................................................................. 52 Table 2-13 Net selectors .......................................................................................................... 56 Table 2-14 Automatic/Manual mode functions ......................................................................... 57 Table 2-15 Priority selectors .................................................................................................... 58 Table 3-1 Vector group matching ......................................................................................... 191 Table 3-2 LD copper connection .......................................................................................... 195 Table 3-3 Combinations of enabled limits............................................................................. 208 Table 5-1 Special parameters .............................................................................................. 221 Table 6-1 Life-limited components ....................................................................................... 223
Service Manual
- 6/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Table of figure
Figure 1-1 Menu navigation – part 1 ....................................................................................... 11 Figure 1-2 Menu navigation – part 2 ....................................................................................... 12 Figure 1-3 Menu navigation – part 3 ....................................................................................... 13 Figure 1-4 Menu navigation – part 4 ....................................................................................... 14 Figure 1-5 Menu navigation – part 5 ....................................................................................... 15 Figure 2-1 System parameter groups ...................................................................................... 16 Figure 2-2 Codes .................................................................................................................... 17 Figure 2-3 General Parameter-1 ............................................................................................. 18 Figure 2-4 General Parameter-2 ............................................................................................. 18 Figure 2-5 General Parameter-3 ............................................................................................. 19 Figure 2-6 General Parameter-4 ............................................................................................. 19 Figure 2-7 General Parameter-5 ............................................................................................. 20 Figure 2-8 General Parameter-6 ............................................................................................. 20 Figure 2-9 General Parameter-7 ............................................................................................. 21 Figure 2-10 Nominal Ratio Values-1 ......................................................................................... 26 Figure 2-11 Nominal Ratio Values-2 ......................................................................................... 26 Figure 2-12 Nominal alue-3 ...................................................................................................... 27 Figure 2-13 Nominal Ratio Values-4 ......................................................................................... 28 Figure 2-14 Communication parameters-1 ................................................................................ 31 Figure 2-15 Communication parameters-2 ................................................................................ 31 Figure 2-16 Communication parameters-3 ................................................................................ 32 Figure 2-17 Analog Input “01” ................................................................................................... 36 Figure 2-18 Analog Input “05” ................................................................................................... 39 Figure 2-19 Binary Inputs-1 ...................................................................................................... 41 Figure 2-20 Structure and voltage level of the wire fault alarm .................................................. 43 Figure 2-21 Analogous Outputs-1 ............................................................................................. 44 Figure 2-22 Analogous Outputs-2 ............................................................................................. 44 Figure 2-23 Shunt #1 ................................................................................................................ 48 Figure 2-24 Shunt #2 ................................................................................................................ 49 Figure 2-25 Failure lock out ...................................................................................................... 50 Figure 2-26 Synchron ON ......................................................................................................... 51 Figure 2-27 Function outputs .................................................................................................... 52 Figure 2-28 Event builder .......................................................................................................... 53 Figure 2-29 Power management (main menu) .......................................................................... 54 Figure 2-30 General settings for power management-1 ............................................................ 55 Figure 2-31 General settings for power management-2 ............................................................ 55 Figure 2-32 Nominal power reduction ....................................................................................... 59 Figure 2-33 Power Management System for max. 14 Generators in one line and ring net
(Automatic net selection: “ON”) .............................................................................. 61 Figure 2-34 Power mamagement-1........................................................................................... 62 Figure 2-35 Power mamagement-2........................................................................................... 62 Figure 2-36 Power mamagement-3........................................................................................... 63 Figure 2-37 Load sharing-1 ....................................................................................................... 66 Figure 2-38 Load sharing-2 ....................................................................................................... 66 Figure 2-39 Frequency controller .............................................................................................. 71 Figure 2-40 Frequency control area .......................................................................................... 74 Figure 2-41 Voltage regulator ................................................................................................... 75 Figure 2-42 Voltage regulator area ........................................................................................... 77 Figure 2-43 Power factor controller ........................................................................................... 78 Figure 2-44 Big consumer request (BCR)-1 .............................................................................. 80 Figure 2-45 Big consumer request (BCR)-2 .............................................................................. 80 Figure 2-46 Big consumer request (BCR)-3 .............................................................................. 81 Figure 2-47 Blackout ................................................................................................................. 83 Figure 2-48 Blackout logic ........................................................................................................ 86 Figure 2-49 Engine control ........................................................................................................ 87
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 7/226 -
Figure 2-50 Alarm blocking logic ............................................................................................... 89 Figure 2-51 Starting phase ....................................................................................................... 90 Figure 2-52 Fuel oil valve logic ................................................................................................. 91 Figure 2-53 Stopping phase ...................................................................................................... 93 Figure 2-54 Starting procedure of the diesel generator ............................................................. 96 Figure 2-55 Stopping procedure of the diesel generator ........................................................... 97 Figure 2-56 Preferential trip limits ............................................................................................. 98 Figure 2-57 Additional limits .................................................................................................... 101 Figure 3-1 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-1 .......................................................................................... 104 Figure 3-2 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-2 .......................................................................................... 104 Figure 3-3 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-3 .......................................................................................... 105 Figure 3-4 ANSI 15-1 ............................................................................................................ 106 Figure 3-5 ANSI 15-2 ............................................................................................................ 106 Figure 3-6 ANSI 15-3 ............................................................................................................ 107 Figure 3-7 ANSI 15 – Speed regulation ................................................................................ 110 Figure 3-8 ANSI 15 – Voltage regulation ............................................................................... 111 Figure 3-9 ANSI 24 ............................................................................................................... 112 Figure 3-10 ANSI 25/A-1 ......................................................................................................... 113 Figure 3-11 ANSI 25/A-2 ......................................................................................................... 114 Figure 3-12 ANSI 25/A-3 ......................................................................................................... 114 Figure 3-13 ANSI 25/A-4 ......................................................................................................... 115 Figure 3-14 ANSI 25/A-5 ......................................................................................................... 115 Figure 3-15 ANSI 25/A-6 ......................................................................................................... 116 Figure 3-16 ANSI 25/A-7 ......................................................................................................... 119 Figure 3-17 ANSI 25 /A-8 ........................................................................................................ 120 Figure 3-18 ANSI 25 /A-9 ........................................................................................................ 120 Figure 3-19 ANSI 27 ............................................................................................................... 121 Figure 3-20 Logic diagram for the undervoltage protection ..................................................... 122 Figure 3-21 ANSI 27 B ............................................................................................................ 123 Figure 3-22 ANSI 32 ............................................................................................................... 124 Figure 3-23 ANSI 37 ............................................................................................................... 126 Figure 3-24 ANSI 40 Q-1 ........................................................................................................ 127 Figure 3-25 ANSI 40 Q-2 trip area for loss of field supervision ................................................ 128 Figure 3-26 ANSI 46 ............................................................................................................... 130 Figure 3-27 Diagram of the voltage restrain calculation curve ................................................. 132 Figure 3-28 heating and cooling curve .................................................................................... 133 Figure 3-29 Logic diagram for the reverse phase/balance protection ...................................... 134 Figure 3-30 ANSI 47 ............................................................................................................... 135 Figure 3-31 ANSI 49-1 ............................................................................................................ 136 Figure 3-32 ANSI 49-2 ............................................................................................................ 139 Figure 3-33 ANSI 49-3 ............................................................................................................ 139 Figure 3-34 Current/time curve of thermal overload II ............................................................. 140 Figure 3-35 ANSI 49-4 ............................................................................................................ 141 Figure 3-36 ANSI 50BF........................................................................................................... 142 Figure 3-37 Logic connection of failure relay ........................................................................... 142 Figure 3-38 ANSI 50 ............................................................................................................... 143 Figure 3-39 Logic diagram for the instantaneous overcurrent protection ................................. 144 Figure 3-40 ANSI 50G/N ......................................................................................................... 145 Figure 3-41 Logic diagram for ANSI 50G/N ............................................................................. 146 Figure 3-42 ANSI 51 ............................................................................................................... 147 Figure 3-43 Pickup value calculation curve of the voltage restrain function ............................. 149 Figure 3-44 Logic diagram for the AC time overcurrent protection .......................................... 150 Figure 3-45 ANSI 51G/N ......................................................................................................... 151 Figure 3-46 ANSI 51 LR .......................................................................................................... 153 Figure 3-47 Inverse time characteristic during starting phase. The extremely inverse curve for
trip time will be defined by parameters [1541] and [1542] ..................................... 154
Service Manual
- 8/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-48 Definite time characteristic during running state of the motor. The time characteristic will be defined by parameters [1543] and [1544] .................................................. 154
Figure 3-49 ANSI 59 ............................................................................................................... 155 Figure 3-50 Logic diagram for the overvoltage protection ....................................................... 156 Figure 3-51 ANSI 59 B ............................................................................................................ 157 Figure 3-52 ANSI 64 ............................................................................................................... 158 Figure 3-53 ANSI SEF ............................................................................................................ 163 Figure 3-54 Logic diagram for 100% Stator Earth Fault protection (ANSI SEF) ...................... 167 Figure 3-55 ANSI 66 ............................................................................................................... 168 Figure 3-56 Start inhibit for motors – overview ........................................................................ 168 Figure 3-57 ANSI 67 ............................................................................................................... 169 Figure 3-58 Operation sector when parameter [1806] is set to “reverse” ................................. 170 Figure 3-59 Operation sector when parameter [1806] is set to “forward” ................................. 171 Figure 3-60 Operational sector when parameter [1806] is set to “angle” and Parameter [1807] is
set to -45° ............................................................................................................ 171 Figure 3-61 Criteria for ANSI 67 trip ........................................................................................ 171 Figure 3-62 Logic diagram for the AC directional overcurrent protection ................................. 172 Figure 3-63 ANSI 67GS/GD .................................................................................................... 173 Figure 3-64 Operation characteristic when the phase angle φp = +90° .................................... 174 Figure 3-65 Operation characteristic when the phase angle φp = 0° ........................................ 175 Figure 3-66 ANSI 78 ............................................................................................................... 176 Figure 3-67 ANSI 78 S ............................................................................................................ 178 Figure 3-68 Example for ANSI 78 S out-of-step tripping .......................................................... 179 Figure 3-69 ANSI 79 ............................................................................................................... 181 Figure 3-70 Timing diagram for a second successful reclosure ............................................... 183 Figure 3-71 Timing diagram for two unsuccessful reclosing shots ......................................... 183 Figure 3-72 ANSI 81 ............................................................................................................... 184 Figure 3-73 Logicdiagram for the frequency protection ........................................................... 186 Figure 3-74 ANSI 81 B-1 ......................................................................................................... 187 Figure 3-75 ANSI 81 B-2 ......................................................................................................... 187 Figure 3-76 ANSI 86 ............................................................................................................... 189 Figure 3-77 Logic diagram for the lockout relay function ......................................................... 189 Figure 3-78 ANSI 87 ............................................................................................................... 190 Figure 3-79 Formula and characteristic of the bias factor ........................................................ 192 Figure 3-80 CT-connection for ANSI 87 .................................................................................. 193 Figure 3-81 Line Differential Protection – fibre optic connection .............................................. 194 Figure 3-82 Line Differential Protection – copper pilot wiring .................................................. 195 Figure 3-83 ANSI 87 N............................................................................................................ 198 Figure 3-84 Restricted earth fault for Transformer application................................................. 199 Figure 3-85 Restricted earth fault for Generator/Motor application .......................................... 200 Figure 3-86 ANSI 94 ............................................................................................................... 201 Figure 3-87 DC application – Working principle to connect the SYMAP® to DC breaker coils . 202 Figure 3-88 DC-application – Connection of SYMAP®for DC breaker coil supervision ............ 203 Figure 3-89 AC-Application – Connection of SYMAP®for AC breaker coil supervision ............ 203 Figure 3-90 Logic diagram for the shunt trip supervision ......................................................... 204 Figure 3-91 Logic diagram for the aux. power supervision ...................................................... 204 Figure 3-92 ANSI 95 i ............................................................................................................. 206 Figure 3-93 ANSI FF ............................................................................................................... 207 Figure 3-94 Auxiliary limits-1 ................................................................................................... 209 Figure 3-95 Auxiliary limits-2 ................................................................................................... 209 Figure 3-96 Contact wear measurement-1 .............................................................................. 211 Figure 3-97 Contact wear measurement-2 .............................................................................. 211 Figure 3-98 Contact wear measurement-3 .............................................................................. 212 Figure 3-99 Contact wear measurement-4 .............................................................................. 212 Figure 3-100 Contact wear measurement-5 .......................................................................... 212 Figure 3-101 ANSI FL Fault Locator ..................................................................................... 215 Figure 4-1 Alarm parameter mask......................................................................................... 217
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 9/226 -
Figure 4-2 Alarm channel logic ............................................................................................. 218
Service Manual
- 10/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1 Parameter settings introduction
1.1 Change of settings
All settings can be easily set or changed directly with the front panel keys of SYMAP® without any additional programming device or laptop computer. A menu tree structure offers easy access to the functions. To change a setting or to set new settings, first select the parameter with the Up-key and Down-key and then press the Enter-key. The requested digit can be selected by using the Left-key and Right-key. The digit can be changed by pressing the Up-key and Down-key. After finishing the change of values (numbers) or text declaration, such as “ON” or “OFF”, press the Enter-key. The next parameter may now be selected by pressing the Up-key and the Down key.
1.2 Event system introduction
The event system of the device gives the user the possibility to realize his own applications. With events all functions of the device can be activated or deactivated. An event is an internal logical representation of a device process. The event system offers sources and sinks of events. The event sources have fixed unique event numbers. These event numbers became active (logically “True”) if the condition related to this event is fulfilled (e.g. a limit is reached), otherwise inactive (logically “False”). The event sinks are linked to fixed processes or fixed functions and can be programmed by the user. The user can build a link between the source and the sink by setting an event source number to an event sink number. The sink (function) became active if the related source became also active.
NOTE: Some modules are sinks and sources at the same time, e.g. all binary outputs are sinks and will be activated by source events. But every binary output produces himself again source events when he becomes active. The same is valid for alarms and all event builder elements. The source events can be combined over logic modules (event builder) which produce new source events.
Examples:
The ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing unit 1 should be activated by a binary input (Function 20). The binary input is an event source and the Sync. unit is an event sink. The event number related to the input is [0521]. This number must be set on parameter [1000] (SYNC. UNIT 1 active by: [0521]) by the user. Then Function 20 activates the Sync. unit 1.
The ANSI 50 overcurrent relay should open a circuit breaker over a binary output (Shunt #1). ANSI 50 is an event source and the binary output an event sink (respectively a source). One event number related to ANSI 50 is [1402] (1.limit reached and delay passed). This number must be set on Shunt #1 (e.g. 01: [1402]). Then a measured current value will open a circuit breaker.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 11/226 -
1.3 Graphical Quick User Guide – e.g. SYMAP®-Y
(1)
(2)
MET
ERS
ALA
RM
SP
RO
CES
S
F1
MET
ERS
F1
MET
ERS
ENTE
RM
ENU
ENTE
RM
ENU
F2
ALA
RM
S
MET
ERS
LIST
DIS
PLA
Y
ALA
RM
/EV
ENT
LIST
ENTE
RM
ENU
PR
OC
ESS
LIST
ENTE
RM
ENU
MO
DB
US
Pro
fib
us
DP
MO
DB
US
(RS4
22
)
F3
PR
OC
ESS
EXIT
F4 →
EXIT
F4 →
EXIT
F4 →
ALA
RM
SP
RO
CES
SM
ETER
SP
RO
CES
SM
ETER
SA
LAR
MS
(A)
(B)
(C)
F1
MET
ERS
(B)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(C)
F1
MET
ERS
(A)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(C)
F1
MET
ERS
(A)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(B)
ENTE
RM
ENU
ENTE
RM
ENU
ENTE
RM
ENU
Ove
rvie
wC
urr
ent
met
ers
Vo
ltag
e m
eter
sP
ow
er m
eter
sC
ou
nte
rG
rou
nd
val
ues
Har
mo
nic
wav
esFr
equ
ency
met
ers
An
alo
g in
pu
tsD
isp
lay
sett
ing
Act
ive
alar
ms
Ala
rm g
rou
ps
Act
ive
even
tsEv
ent
his
tory
Det
aile
d h
isto
ryIn
terl
ock
pag
eSy
stem
fail
pag
e
Syn
chro
niz
erB
reak
er c
ou
nte
r
SYN
CH
RO
NIS
ING
PA
GE
BR
EAK
ER C
OU
NTE
R
ALA
RM
PA
GE
GR
OU
PS
EVEN
TS
EVEN
T H
ISTO
RY
DET
AIL
ED P
RO
T. H
ISTO
RY
INTE
RLO
CK
PA
GE
SYTE
MFA
IL P
AG
E
MET
ERS
OV
ERV
IEW
CU
RR
ENT
MET
ERS
VO
LTA
GE
MET
ERS
PO
WER
MET
ERS
CO
UN
TER
GR
OU
ND
VA
LUES
HA
RM
ON
IC W
AV
ES
FREQ
UEN
CY
MET
ER
AN
ALO
G IN
PU
TS
DIS
PLA
Y SE
TTIN
G
Ove
rvie
wA
ctiv
e A
larm
sSy
nch
ron
ize
r
F4 →
Figure 1-1 Menu navigation – part 1
Service Manual
- 12/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
(2)
(3)
CO
NTR
OL
ENTE
R P
ASS
WO
RD
!**
**
ENTE
RM
ENU
SYST
EM
SYST
EM C
ON
TRO
L
F1
MET
ERS
BR
EAK
ER -
----
----
----
---
mo
de
:
„LO
CA
L“p
roce
ss
: „A
UTO
“st
ate
: „U
NLO
CK
ED.“
recl
ose
r :
„O
FF“
SYST
EM -
----
----
----
----
-b
eep
er
: „
OFF
“h
eate
r
: „
ON
“LO
CK
OU
T --
----
----
----
--st
ate
: „
CLO
SED
“R
eset
: -
---
ENTE
RM
ENU
Be
trie
b
ENTE
RM
ENU
EXIT
F4 →
VER
SIO
N
: „
no
ne“
ENTE
RM
ENU
VER
SIO
N
ENTE
RM
ENU
EXIT
AP
PLI
C:
AN
WEN
DU
NG
EN
F2
ALA
RM
S
VER
SIO
N
: „
no
ne“
VER
SIO
N„6
"SC
HA
LTER
---
----
----
----
-B
etri
eb
: „
LOC
AL“
Pro
zess
:
„A
UTO
“Zu
stan
d
: „E
NTR
IEG
.“R
eclo
ser
: „
AU
S“SY
STEM
---
----
----
----
----
Pie
per
: „A
US“
Hei
zer
: „EI
N“
LOC
KO
UT
----
----
----
----
Zust
and
:
„ZU
“Lö
sch
en
: --
--
Be
trie
bSC
HA
LTER
---
----
----
----
-B
etri
eb
: „
LOC
AL“
Pro
zess
:
„A
UTO
“Zu
stan
d
: „E
NTR
IEG
.“R
eclo
ser
: „
AU
S“SY
STEM
---
----
----
----
----
Pie
per
: „A
US“
Hei
zer
: „EI
N“
LOC
KO
UT
----
----
----
----
Zust
and
:
„ZU
“Lö
sch
en
: --
--
Be
trie
bSC
HA
LTER
---
----
----
----
-B
etri
eb
: „
LOC
AL“
Pro
zess
:
„A
UTO
“Zu
stan
d
: „E
NTR
IEG
.“R
eclo
ser
: „
AU
S“SY
STEM
---
----
----
----
----
Pie
per
: „A
US“
Hei
zer
: „EI
N“
LOC
KO
UT
----
----
----
----
Zust
and
:
„ZU
“Lö
sch
en
: --
--
Be
trie
b„R
EMO
TE“
EXIT
(1)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(1)
F4 →
Figure 1-2 Menu navigation – part 2
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 13/226 -
SETT
ING
VIE
W
AN
SI D
EVIC
E LI
ST
F1
MET
ERS
15
Mat
chin
g d
evic
e (m
oto
rpo
ti)
24
Ove
rexc
itat
ion
rel
ay2
5/A
Sy
nch
ron
izin
g re
lay
… … … 95
i
Inru
sh b
lock
ing
rela
y
FF
Fu
se F
ailu
re (
volt
ages
)
AL
A
uxi
liary
lim
its
C
W C
on
tact
wea
r m
easu
rem
ent
F
L
Fau
lt L
oca
tor
ENTE
RM
ENU
Mat
chin
g d
evi
ce (
mo
torp
oti
)
F3
PR
OC
ESS
MA
INP
AG
E
F4 →
REL
AY
SYST
EMA
LAR
MS
(4)
EXIT
BA
CK
F3
PR
OC
ESS
EXIT
F4 →
(1)
(1)
(3)
AN
SI D
EVIC
E LI
ST 00
C
od
es0
1
Gen
eral
par
amet
rers
02
N
om
inal
rat
io v
alu
es0
3
Co
mm
un
icat
ion
04
A
nal
ogo
us
inp
uts
05
B
inar
y in
pu
ts0
6
An
alo
gou
s o
utp
uts
07
B
inar
y o
utp
uts
08
Ev
ent
bu
ilder
09
P
ow
erm
anag
emen
t
ENTE
RM
ENU
00
Co
de
s
… Parameter ...
BA
CK
F3
PR
OC
ESS
EXIT
F4 →
****
Seri
al n
um
be
r
CU
:M
U:
RU
:
Soft
war
e v
ers
.
… Parameter ... … Parameters ...
… Parameter ... … Parameter ... … Parameters ...
ALA
RM
CH
AN
NEL
– S
ELEC
T:
ALA
RM
CH
AN
NEL
EV
ENT
– S
elec
t
:
„
01
"
- 1
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- 2
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- m
od
e
: N
O A
CK
-
tri
gger
:
15
05
-
blo
ck b
y :
0
- d
elay
:
0.0
sec
-
1. g
rou
p :
8
3
- 1
. gro
up
: n
on
e
- p
rio
rity
: n
on
e
- o
pti
on
:
no
ne
-
bee
per
: O
FF
Sele
ct
ALA
RM
:TR
IP:
red
:am
ber
:gr
een
:
LED
CO
NTR
OL
ALA
RM
CH
AN
NEL
EV
ENT
– S
elec
t
:
„
01
"
- 1
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- 2
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- m
od
e
: N
O A
CK
-
tri
gger
:
15
05
-
blo
ck b
y :
0
- d
elay
:
0.0
sec
-
1. g
rou
p :
8
3
- 1
. gro
up
: n
on
e
- p
rio
rity
: n
on
e
- o
pti
on
:
no
ne
-
bee
per
: O
FF
Sele
ct
ALA
RM
:TR
IP:
red
:am
ber
:gr
een
:
LED
CO
NTR
OL
ALA
RM
CH
AN
NEL
EV
ENT
– S
elec
t
:
„
01
"
- 1
. lin
e: (
„ed
itab
le t
ext“
)
- 2
. lin
e: (
„ed
itab
le t
ext“
)
- m
od
e
: N
O A
CK
-
tri
gger
:
15
05
-
blo
ck b
y :
0
- d
elay
:
0.0
sec
-
1. g
rou
p :
8
3
- 1
. gro
up
: n
on
e
- p
rio
rity
: n
on
e
- o
pti
on
:
no
ne
-
bee
per
: O
FF
Sele
ct
ALA
RM
:TR
IP:
red
:am
ber
:gr
een
:
LED
CO
NTR
OL
EXIT
F4 →
(1)
ALA
RM
SEX
ITSY
STEM
ALA
RM
SEX
ITR
ELA
Y
F4 →
F4 →
SYST
EMEX
ITR
ELA
Y
F4 →
(D)
(E)
(F)
F1
MET
ERS
(E)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(F)
F1
MET
ERS
(D)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(F)
F1
MET
ERS
(D)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(E)
F3
PR
OC
ESS
F2
ALA
RM
SF
1
MET
ERS
F4 →
Figure 1-3 Menu navigation – part 3
Service Manual
- 14/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Par
amet
rier
en
ÄN
DER
N
15
Mat
chin
g d
evic
e (m
oto
rpo
ti)
24
Ove
rexc
itat
ion
rel
ay2
5/A
Sy
nch
ron
izin
g re
lay
… … … 95
i
Inru
sh b
lock
ing
rela
y
FF
Fu
se F
ailu
re (
volt
ages
)
AL
A
uxi
liary
lim
its
C
W C
on
tact
wea
r m
easu
rem
ent
F
L
Fau
lt L
oca
tor
ENTE
RM
ENU
Mat
chin
g d
evi
ce (
mo
torp
oti
)
SCH
UTZ
F1
MET
ERS
SYST
EM
F2
ALA
RM
S
ALA
RM
E
(5)
F3
PR
OC
ESS
END
E
ZUR
üC
K
F3
PR
OC
ESS
END
E
F4 →
(1)
(4)
SYST
EM P
AR
AM
ETER 00
C
od
es0
1
Gen
eral
par
amet
rers
02
N
om
inal
rat
io v
alu
es0
3
Co
mm
un
icat
ion
04
A
nal
ogo
us
inp
uts
05
B
inar
y in
pu
ts0
6
An
alo
gou
s o
utp
uts
07
B
inar
y o
utp
uts
08
Ev
ent
bu
ilder
09
P
ow
erm
anag
emen
t
ENTE
RM
ENU
00
Co
de
s
… Parameter ...
ZUR
üC
K
F3
PR
OC
ESS
END
E
F4 →
****
Seri
al n
um
be
r
CU
:M
U:
RU
:
Soft
war
e v
ers
.
… Parameter ... … Parameter ...
… Parameter ... … Parameter ... … Parameter ...
ALA
RM
CH
AN
NEL
– S
ELEC
T:
ALA
RM
CH
AN
NEL
EV
ENT
– S
elec
t
:
„
01
"
- 1
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- 2
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- m
od
e
: N
O A
CK
-
tri
gger
:
15
05
-
blo
ck b
y :
0
- d
elay
:
0.0
sec
-
1. g
rou
p :
8
3
- 1
. gro
up
: n
on
e
- p
rio
rity
: n
on
e
- o
pti
on
:
no
ne
-
bee
per
: O
FF
Sele
ct
ALA
RM
:TR
IP:
red
:am
ber
:gr
een
:
LED
CO
NTR
OL
ALA
RM
CH
AN
NEL
EV
ENT
– S
elec
t
:
„
01
"
- 1
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- 2
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- m
od
e
: N
O A
CK
-
tri
gger
:
15
05
-
blo
ck b
y :
0
- d
elay
:
0.0
sec
-
1. g
rou
p :
8
3
- 1
. gro
up
: n
on
e
- p
rio
rity
: n
on
e
- o
pti
on
:
no
ne
-
bee
per
: O
FF
Sele
ct
ALA
RM
:TR
IP:
red
:am
ber
:gr
een
:
LED
CO
NTR
OL
ALA
RM
CH
AN
NEL
EV
ENT
– S
elec
t
:
„
01
"
- 1
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- 2
. lin
e: (
„ed
itie
rbar
er T
ext“
)
- m
od
e
: N
O A
CK
-
tri
gger
:
15
05
-
blo
ck b
y :
0
- d
elay
:
0.0
sec
-
1. g
rou
p :
8
3
- 1
. gro
up
: n
on
e
- p
rio
rity
: n
on
e
- o
pti
on
:
no
ne
-
bee
per
: O
FF
Sele
ct
ALA
RM
:TR
IP:
red
:am
ber
:gr
een
:
LED
CO
NTR
OL
END
E
F4 →
(1)
PA
SSW
OR
TEIN
GA
BE
****
ENTE
RM
ENU
F1
MET
ERS
ENTE
RM
ENU
Par
amet
rier
en
ENTE
RM
ENU
ENTE
RM
ENU
… Parameter ... … Parameter ... … Parameter ...
Par
amet
rier
en
ENTE
RM
ENU
ENTE
RM
ENU
AN
SI D
EVIC
E LI
ST
ALA
RM
EEN
DE
SYST
EM
F4 →
ALA
RM
EEN
DE
SCH
UTZ
F4 →
SYST
EMEN
DE
SCH
UTZ
F4 →
(G)
(H)
(I)
F1
MET
ERS
(H)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(I)
F1
MET
ERS
(G)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(I)
F1
MET
ERS
(G)
F2
ALA
RM
S
(H)
ENTE
RM
ENU
F4 →
Figure 1-4 Menu navigation – part 4
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 15/226 -
Syst
emst
atu
sTe
stb
ox
(I/O
)SS
C-T
ran
sfer
stat
us
SSC
-MU
/RU
-Dat
aC
AN
-Tra
nsf
erst
atu
sSe
rial
ch
ann
elTr
ansp
on
der
EEP
RO
M s
tatu
sEX
T.b
oar
d (
AD
Cs)
Soft
war
eR
elai
s d
rive
rQ
S-O
verv
iew
ENTE
RM
ENU
Syst
em
stat
us
F1
MET
ERS
CA
LIB
-
F2
ALA
RM
S
TEST
MO
DE
NV
R-R
EST
(1)
(5)
CA
LIB
RA
TIO
N P
AR
AM
ETER
00
09
. Dev
ice
seri
al n
um
ber
:
0
00
10
. U1
gen
C
AL.
-
X1
/17
:
1
00
%0
01
1. U
2ge
n
CA
L.
-X
1/1
9 :
10
0 %
00
12
. U3
gen
C
AL.
-
X1
/21
:
1
00
%… … … 0
09
2.
– P
T 1
00
:
2.0
sec
ENTE
RM
ENU
… Parameter ...
EXIT
F4 →
… Parameter ... … Parameters ...
TEST
MO
DE
EXIT
F4 →
Cal
ibra
te
ENTE
RM
ENU
… Parameter ... … Parameter ... … Parameters ...
Test
/Par
amet
er s
etti
ng
ENTE
RM
ENU
SER
VIC
E LI
ST
F3
PR
OC
ESS
(DA
TA)
SYST
EM S
TATU
S
(DA
TA)
Test
bo
x (I
/O)
(DA
TA)
SSC
-Tra
nsf
erst
atu
s
(DA
TA)
SSC
-MU
/RU
-Dat
a
(DA
TA)
CA
N-T
ran
sfer
stat
us
(DA
TA)
Seri
al c
han
nel
(DA
TA)
Tran
spo
nd
er
(DA
TA)
EEP
RO
M s
tatu
s
(DA
TA)
EXT.
bo
ard
s (A
DC
s)
(DA
TA)
Soft
war
e
(DA
TA)
Rel
ais
dri
ver
(DA
TA)
QS-
Ove
rvie
w
ENTE
RM
ENU
EXIT
F4 →
SER
VIC
E
EXIT
(1)
00
09
. De
vice
se
rial
nu
mb
er
:
0
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
-
:
Sh
un
t#1
C
ycle
s
:
10
00
O
n-t
ime
:
0.1
0 s
ec
Off
-tim
e
:
0
.10
sec
Act
ion
: OFF
O
N C
YCLE
----
----
----
----
----
-- Q
S --
----
----
---
KEY
BO
AR
D
:
O
FFLE
D C
YCLE
:
OFF
BEE
PER
:
OFF
I/O
-tes
t
:
OFF
Wat
chd
og
:
OFF
BIN
. OU
TPU
T
ENTE
RM
ENU
Cal
ibra
tio
n t
ole
ran
ce:
0,1
0 %
--Se
lect
----
- --
----
Sou
rce-
----
----
---S
tatu
s—U
gen
/Ige
n2
30
.94
V /
1 A
I>
>
10
AU
bu
s 2
30
.94
V
Ub
us
2
n
on
eId
iff
no
ne
Ugn
d1
no
ne
/ n
on
eIg
nd
1
1A
/ 5
AU
aux
60
Vd
cSh
un
t ½
60
Vd
c /6
0 V
dc
ENTE
RM
ENU
-------------------------
-------------------------
ENTE
RM
ENU
BA
CK
F3
PR
OC
ESS
EXIT
(1)
CA
L.M
OD
ED
EFA
ULT
NO
MIN
AL
F2
ALA
RM
SF
1
MET
ERS
EXIT
F4 →
F3
PR
OC
ESS
(H\0
2)
F3
PR
OC
ESS
F4 →
F4 →
ENTE
RM
ENU
Acc
ess
on
ly b
y St
uck
e E
lect
ron
ic G
mb
H !
Figure 1-5 Menu navigation – part 5
Service Manual
- 16/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2 System settings
Figure 2-1 shows the different system parameter groups.
Figure 2-1 System parameter groups
SYSTEM PARAMETER
RELAY ALARMS EXIT
00 Codes
01 General parameter
02 Nominal ratio values
03 Communication
04 Analogous inputs
05 Binary inputs
06 Analogous outputs
07 Binary outputs
08 Event builder
09 Power management
00 Codes
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 17/226 -
2.1 Codes
The system codes are used to define access levels for the user (see figure 2-2).
Figure 2-2 Codes
Parameter description:
0001. Breaker/system control : Only for breaker or system control, not for change of settings
0002. Settings w/o ev.builder : For breaker or system control and for change of settings, but without codes and event builder
0003. Master password : Access without restrictions
NOTE: The default codes have all the value 1111.
The passwords can be disabled by setting all 3 passwords (parameters [0001] to [0003]) to zero (also for Types with Transponder). In this case the device is accessible only with a transponder card or the Parameter Tool, and the access to this Codes setting page of the device is blocked.
Back EXIT
1111
0002. Settings w/o ev.builder : 1111
0003. Master password : 1111
0001. Breaker/system control :
CODES Setting ranges
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999
Service Manual
- 18/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.2 General Parameter
The general parameters of SYMAP® contains the setting of the on-board real time clock, the selection of the graphic mimic for the LC-Display and the definition of the corresponding circuit- breaker feedback signals (see figures 2-3 to 2-9).
Figure 2-3 General Parameter-1
Figure 2-4 General Parameter-2
BACK EXIT
16
0101. - minutes : 47
0102. DATE setting - year : 2003
0103. - month : 10
0104. - day : 21
0105. - format : YY.MM.DD
0106. LANGUAGE - select : ENGLISH
0107. GRAPHIC TYPE - select : 1B ES.F-0
0108. Change mian page : OFF
0109. Freq. average builder : 2.5 sec
0110. Power average builder : 3.5 sec
0111. Meters average builder : 10.0 sec
0112. Check control access : ON
0100. TIME setting - hours :
GENERAL PARAMETER Setting range:
0-24
0-60
2002-2040
0-12
0-31
D.M.Y, Y.M.D, M.D.Y
ENGLISH/GERMAN/FRENCH/RUSSIAN/…
(see Appendix A3)
OFF/Layout 1/Layout 2
0.0- 10.0 sec
0.0- 10.0 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
OFF/ON
BACK EXIT
500
0114. -OFF feedback : 0
0115. – ON->OFF control event
0116. – OFF->ON control event
0117. – IN feedback : 0
0118. - OUT feedback : 0
0119. – OUT->IN control event
0120. – IN->OUT control event
0121. - EARTH ON feedback : 0
0122. - EARTH OFF feedback : 0
0123. - OFF->EARTH ctrl.event
0124. - EARTH->OFF ctrl.event
0125. - ctrl. Time (fail ev.) : 15.0 sec
0113. BREAKER 1 – ON feedback :
GENERAL PARAMETER Setting range:
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0,0-9999,9 sec
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 19/226 -
Figure 2-5 General Parameter-3
Figure 2-6 General Parameter-4
BACK EXIT
502
0127. -OFF feedback : 0
0128. – ON->OFF control event
0129. – OFF->ON control event
0130. IN feedback : 0
0131. OUT feedback : 0
0132. OUT->IN control event
0133. IN->OUT control event
0134. EARTH ON feedback : 504
0135. EARTH OFF feedback : 0
0136. EARTH->OFF crtl. Event
0137. OFF->EARTH crtl. Event
0138. crtl. time (fail ev.) : 15.0 sec
0126. BREAKER 2 -ON feedback :
GENERAL PARAMETER Setting range:
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0,0-999,9 sec
BACK EXIT
0
0140. -OFF feedback : 0
0141. – ON->OFF control event
0142. – OFF->ON control event
0143. IN feedback : 0
0144. OUT feedback : 0
0145. OUT->IN control event
0146. IN->OUT control event
0147. EARTH ON feedback : 0
0148. EARTH OFF feedback : 0
0149. EARTH->OFF crtl. Event
0150. OFF->EARTH crtl. Event
0151. crtl. time (fail ev.) : 15.0 sec
0139. BREAKER 3 -ON feedback :
GENERAL PARAMETER Setting range:
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
Event display only
Event display only
0,0-999,9 sec
Service Manual
- 20/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 2-7 General Parameter-5
Figure 2-8 General Parameter-6
BACK EXIT
0h
0153. - cycle limit : 0h
0154. – Active power (fwd) P+ : 0
0155. - Active power (rev) P- : 0
0156. – React. power (cap) Q+ : 0
0156. – React. power (ind) Q- : 0
0158. – Breaker 1 ON cycles : 0
0159. - EARTH cycles : 0
0160. – Breaker 2 ON cycles : 0
0161. - EARTH cycles : 0
0162. – Breaker 3 ON cycles : 0
0163. – Breaker 1 ON max.cyc. : 10000
0152. COUNTER – Working hours :
GENERAL PARAMETER Setting range:
0-999999 h
0-60000 h
0-4294967280
0-4294967280
0-4294967280
0-4294967280
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
BACK EXIT
10000
0165. - Braker 2 ON max.cyc : 10000
0166. - EARTH max.cyc : 10000
0167. - Braker 3 ON max.cyc : 10000
0168. – kWh-pulses (P+) : ON
0169. - kWh/pulse : 10
0170. - pulse duration: 0.05 sec
0171. CB CLOSED (Net) feedback : 0
0172. REMOTE – ACK : 526
0173. Switch op.mode(loc/rem) : 0
0174. (P-) – kWh/pulse : 0
0175. - pulse duration : 0.00 sec
0176. (Q+) – kvarh/pulse : 0
0177. - pulse duration : 0.00 sec
0178. (Q-) – kvarh/pulse : 0
0179. - pulse durattion : 0.00 sec
0164. - EARTH max.cyc :
GENERAL PARAMETER Setting range:
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
ON/OFF
0-65535
0,01-655,34 sec
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
0-65535
0,01-655,34 sec
0-65535
0,01-655,34 sec
0-65535
0,01-655,34 sec
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 21/226 -
Figure 2-9 General Parameter-7
Parameter description:
0100. Time setting - hours : Setting of hours of the integrated real time clock (RTC)
NOTE: If devices are connected over the CANBUS1 they will synchronize their RTCs automatically.
0101. - minutes : Setting of minutes of the integrated real time clock (RTC)
0102. Date setting - year : Setting of year of the integrated real time clock (RTC)
0103. - month : Setting of month of the integrated real time clock (RTC)
0104. - day : Setting of day of the integrated real time clock (RTC)
0105. - format : Selection of shown format of the date
0106. LANGUAGE - select : Actually available: ENGLISH, GERMAN, FRENCH, RUSSIAN, SERBIAN, SPANISH and TURKISH. The languages are valid for the user menu, not for the settings menu section (this section is always in English).
0107. GRAPHIC TYPE - select : Selection of the shown graphic (BUS and breaker arrangement). For details refer to the Appendix A3.
0108. Change main page : With this parameter different layouts (with bar graphs) for the main page can be selected.
0109. Freq. average builder : Real average builder for the gen. freq. with max. 10 sec period. The builder influences all processes related to the freq. (display, comm., analog outputs, PM…).
BACK EXIT
0 ev.
2481. Switch OFF LCD/LEDs by : 0 ev.
2482. Working hours limit 1 : 0 h
2483. Working hours limit 2 : 0 h
2480. Block ACK-key event :
GENERAL PARAMETER Seeting range:
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
0-65000 h
0-65000 h
Service Manual
- 22/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0110. Power average builder : Real average builder for the sum active power with max. 10 sec period. The builder influences all processes related to the active power (display, power counter, PM…).
0111. Meters average builder : This parameter is valid both for all meter values displayed on all pages and on the 7-segment displays and for those into communication transferred measured values. This parameter does not affect the measured values for the protection. If the changing of a value is below the deadband limit (parameter [0074], see chapter 5) the average builder will plane the value (Exception: On the current meters page the column “average” is build always even if the value is higher than the deadband limit).
0112. Check control access :
“OFF”: free breaker control over the front panel
“ON”: password protected breaker control over the front panel
0113. BREAKER 1 -ON feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “ON” feedback
0114. -OFF feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “OFF” feedback
0115. - ON−>OFF control event : Control event of the ON −> OFF switching cycle of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).
0116. - OFF−>ON control event : Control event of the OFF −> ON switching cycle of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).
0117. - IN feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “IN” position feedback
0118. - OUT feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “OUT” position feedback
0119. - OUT−>IN control event : Control event of the OUT −> IN position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).
0120. - IN−>OUT control event : Control event of the IN −> OUT position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).
0121. - EARTH ON feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “EARTH ON” position feedback
0122. - EARTH OFF feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “EARTH OFF” position feedback
0123. - EARTH−>OFF ctrl. event : Control event of the EARTH −> OFF position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 23/226 -
0124. - OFF->EARTH ctrl. event : Control event of the OFF −> EARTH position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).
0125. - ctrl. time (fail ev.) : Setting of supervision time (control time) of the maximum operation time of a switching cycle or position movement of breaker 1; if the breaker does not reach the desired position within this time event [0125] will become active (until ACK). Use this event to trigger an alarm for an error message.
0126. BREAKER 2 -ON feedback : to
0138. - ctrl. Time (fail ev.) : See description of Breaker 1 (events [0113] to [0125])
0139. BREAKER 3 -ON feedback : to
0151. - ctrl. Time (fail ev.) : See description of Breaker 1 (events [0113] to [0125])
0152. COUNTER - Working hours : Setting of the counter of working hours. The counter is active if a Gen. frequency is detected. The counter is also active if parameter [1930] is enabled and the CB is closed (see ANSI - CW Contact wear measurement).
0153. - cycle limit : The limit is enabled if P[0153] is greater zero. Event E[0153] will be activate for one impulse if the internal counter reaches the limit of P[0153]. Than the internal counter will be reset to zero and the counting starts again. The internal counter is stored nonvolatile.
0154. - Active power (fwd) P+ : Setting of the counter of active power (forward) Pw+ in kWh
0155. - Active power (rev) P- : Setting of the counter of active power (reverse) Pw- in kWh
0156. - React. Power (cap) Q+ : Setting of the counter of reactive power (capacitive) Pq+ in kvarh
0157. - React. Power (ind) Q- : Setting of the counter of reactive power (inductive) Pq- in kvarh
0158. - Breaker 1 ON cycles : Setting of the cycle counter of disconnecting switch no. 1
0159. - EARTH cycles : Setting of the cycle counter of the earth switch no. 1
0160. - Breaker 2 ON cycles : Setting of the cycle counter of disconnecting switch no. 2
0161. - EARTH cycles : Setting of the cycle counter of the earth switch no. 2
0162. - Breaker 3 ON cycles : Setting of the cycle counter of disconnecting switch no. 3
Service Manual
- 24/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0163. - Breaker 1 ON max.cyc. : Setting of maximum cycles of disconnecting switch no. 1 before next inspection
0164. - EARTH max.cyc. : Setting of maximum cycles of earthing switch no. 1 before next inspection
0165. - Breaker 2 ON max.cyc. : Setting of maximum cycles of disconnecting switch no. 2 before next inspection
0166. - EARTH max.cyc. : Setting of maximum cycles of earthing switch no. 2 before next inspection
0167. - Breaker 3 ON max.cyc. : Setting of maximum cycles of disconnecting switch no. 3 before next inspection
0168. - kWh-pulses (P+) : Selection if the kWh-pulse function is switched “ON” or “OFF”
0169. - kWh/pulse : Setting of kWh per counter pulse
0170. - pulse duration : Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0170] to drive an binary output.
0171. CB CLOSED (Net) feedback : This parameter is usable only for the PM (Device Type G). If this parameter is set and the setted event is active the device has the status “CB CLOSED” (independent of the selected graphic). The “CB” status depends on the graphic if parameter [0171] is not set.
0172. REMOTE - ACK : Assignment of the belonging function input of the remote acknowledgement.
0173. Switch op.mode (loc/rem) : Assignment of the belonging function input of the local/remote mode switch
0174. (P-) - kWh/pulse : Setting of kWh (revers active power) per counter pulse (zero means deactive)
0175. - pulse duration : Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0175] to drive a binary output
0176. (Q+) - kvarh/pulse : Setting of kvarh reactive power (capacitive) per counter pulse (zero means deactive)
0177. - pulse duration : Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0177] to drive a binary output
0178. (Q-) - kvarh/pulse : Setting of kvarh reactive power (inductive) per counter pulse (zero means deactive)
0179. - pulse duration : Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0179] to drive a binary output
2480. Block ACK-key by event : Blocks the ACK-key if the event is active (except the reset of the beeper)
2481. Switch OFF LCD/LEDs by : Disables all LEDs and LCD Backlight if the event is active.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 25/226 -
2482. Working hours limit 1 : 2483. Working hours limit 2 :
If the working hours counter [0152] reaches these limits, the event numbers [2482] or [2483] are getting active. The events will than remain active. The limits are disabled if the parameters are set to zero.
Service Manual
- 26/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.3 Nominal Ratio Values
With the nominal ratio values the user can select the different external transformer types (see figures 2-10 to 2-12).
Figure 2-10 Nominal Ratio Values-1
Figure 2-11 Nominal Ratio Values-2
BACK EXIT
1000 A
0201. - Voltage : 25400 V
0202. - Active Power : 35195 kw
0203. - Frequency : 60 Hz
0204. CT Feeder -primary side : 1000 A
0205. PC Feeder -primary side : 25400 V
0206. -secondary side : 100 V
0207. PT BUS1 -primary side : 25400 V
0208. -secondary side : 100 V
0209. PT BUS2 -primary side : 25400 V
0210. -secondary side : 100 V
0211. PT GND1 -primary side : 25400 V
0200. NOMINAL RATED - Current :
NOMINAL RATIO VALUES Setting range:
0-65535 A
0-999999 V
0-999999 kW
50/60 Hz
0-65535 A
0-999999 V
0-65535 V
0-999999 V
0-65535 V
0-999999 V
0-65535 V
0-999999 V
BACK EXIT
0212. -secondary side : 100 V
0213. PT GND2 -primary side : 0 V
0214. -secondary side : 0 V
0215. CT GND1 -primary side : 1000 A
0216. -secondary side : 5 A
0217. CT GND2 -primary side : 0 A
0218. -secondary side : 0 A
0219. CT FIFF -primary side : 0 A
0220. Transf. winding ratio : 1.00
0221. Uaux nominal input : 110Vac
0222. Shunt#1 nominal input : 110Vac
0223. Shunt#2 nominal input : 110Vac
0224. CT DIEF2 – primary side : 0 A
NOMINAL RATIO VALUES Setting range:
0-65535 V
0-999999 V
0-65535 V
0-65535 A
0-65535 A
0-65535 A
0-65535 A
0-65535 A
0.01-99.99 Wprim/Ws
24 Vdc-230 Vac
24 Vdc-230 Vac
24 Vdc-230 Vac
0-65535 A
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 27/226 -
Figure 2-12 Nominal alue-3
0226.Gen freq measure range : Definition of the frequency measuring range. The following measuring ranges will be offered: 40-75Hz: 20-75Hz: 10-75Hz: These adjustments offer frequency measurements via the voltage inputs (X1.9/13) in the corresponding ranges. The measuring inputs for voltage and current are calibrated referring to the nominal frequency of the device. Due to the low-pass-filter in front of the analogous measuring inputs frequency deviation from the nominal frequency leads to measuring tolerances higher than the tolerance described in chapter (x.x.x). The frequency deviation from nominal frequency and the corresponding measuring tolerance have the following context: A frequency deviation of dF = 3Hz (dF = |FN – Fmeasure|) leads to an additional measuring tolerance of 1%. 20-130Hz: This adjustment offers a frequency measurement via the voltage inputs (X1.9/13) of 20…130Hz. The measuring inputs for voltage and current are calibrated at a frequency of 50Hz. If the measured frequency deviate from this calibration frequency (50Hz) than the measured frequency will be recalibrate automatically. Over the whole frequency range of 20…130Hz the maximum tolerance of 1,5% of the nominal measuring value won’t be exceeded.
BACK EXIT
0226. Gen.freq measure range : 40-75 Hz
NOMINAL RATIO VALUES Setting range:
40-75Hz, 20-75Hz, 10-75Hz,
20-130Hz
Service Manual
- 28/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 2-13 Nominal Ratio Values-4
Parameter description:
0200. NOMINAL RATED - Current : Setting of the nominal rated current of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer primary side
0201. - Voltage : Setting of the nominal rated voltage of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer primary side
0202. - Power : Setting of the nominal rated active power of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer primary side
0203. - Frequency : Setting of the nominal rated frequency of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer
0204. CT Feeder - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the feeder current measuring current transformer (CT)
0205. PT Feeder - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the feeder voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
NOTE: Event [0205] is activated if a negative sequence of the feeder voltage is detected. This supervision is always active.
0206. - secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the feeder voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
BACK EXIT
1.00
2460.NOM.SETTING – selector 1 : 0 ev.
2461. - selector 2 : 0 ev.
2462.NOM.SETTING 2 - current : 0 A
2463. - voltage : 0 V
2464. - power : 0 kW
2465. - freq. : 0 Hz
2466.NOM.SETTING 3 - current : 0 A
2467. - voltage : 0 V
2468. - power : 0 kW
2469. - freq. : 0 Hz
2470.NOM.SETTING 4 - current : 0 A
2471. - voltage : 0 V
2472. - power : 0 kW
2473. - freq. : 0 Hz
0225. Transf. winding 2 ratio :
NOMINAL RATIO VALUES Setting range:
0,01-99,99 Wprim/Ws
Event 0-9999
Event 0-9999
0-65000 A
0-65000 V
0-65000 kW
0-80 Hz
0-65000 A
0-65000 V
0-65000 kW
0-80 Hz
0-65000 A
0-65000 V
0-65000 kW
0-80 Hz
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 29/226 -
0207.PT BUS1 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the BUS1 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
NOTE: Event [0207] is activated if a negative sequence of the BUS1 voltage is detected. This supervision is always active.
0208. - secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the BUS1 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
0209. PT BUS2 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the BUS2 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
NOTE: Event [0209] is activated if a negative sequence of the BUS2 voltage is detected. This supervision is always active.
0210. - secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the BUS2 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
0211. PT GND1 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the ground #1 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
0212. - secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the ground #1 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
0213. PT GND2 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the ground #2 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
0214. - secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the ground #2 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)
0215. CT GND1 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the ground #1 current measuring current transformer (CT)
0216. - secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the secondary side of the ground #1 current measuring current transformer (CT)
0217. CT GND2 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the ground #2 current measuring current transformer (CT)
0218. - secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the secondary side of the ground #2 current measuring current transformer (CT)
0219. CT DIFF - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the differential current measuring current transformer (CT)
Service Manual
- 30/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0220. Transf. winding ratio : In case of transformer differential protection, the winding ratio of the transformer (WPrimary/WSecondary) must be adjusted. Both by the “Step Down Trafo” and by the “Step Up Trafo” the winding ratio is defined as WPrimary/WSecondary. This corresponds by “Step Down Trafo” the transmision ratio (primaryvoltage/lowvoltage) of the transformer. With the „Step Up Trafo“ is however the winding ratio (WPrimary/WSecondary) the reciprocal value of the transmision ratio primaryvoltage/lowvoltage. From this a small number with many right-of-comma positions can result. Since the parameter [0220] of SYMAP® permits only two right-of-comma positions, if necessary, you must set the parameter [0220] on “1” and count this value into the parameter [0219].
0221. Uaux nominal input : Setting of nominal rated voltage of the power supply of the device
0222. Shunt #1 nominal input : Setting of nominal rated voltage of the shunt #1 trip circuit
0223. Shunt #2 nominal input : Setting of nominal rated voltage of the shunt #1 trip circuit
0224. CT DIFF2 - primary side : 0225. Transf. winding 2 ratio : 2460. NOM.SETTING - selector 1 : 2461. - selector 2 :
These parameters support the selection of up to 3 additional settings for the nominal current, voltage, power and frequency. If the selection has changed (parameters [2460] and [2461]) the device will reboot with the new nominals. Display on the main page (Setting No. (N#), In (A), Pn (kW), Un (V) and fn (Hz)) if the parameters [2460] and [2461] are set to a value greater zero.
Table 2-1 Nominal settings selectors
Nominal Settings Selectors
Selector Nominal setting
Valid nominal parameters
[2460] [2461] Current Voltage Power Frequency
inactive inactive 1 [0200] [0201] [0202] [0203]
active inactive 2 [2462] [2463] [2464] [2465]
inactive active 3 [2466] [2467] [2468] [2469]
active active 4 [2470] [2471] [2472] [2473]
2462. NOM.SETTING 2 - current : to
2473. NOM.SETTING 4 – freq : The nominals (I, U, P, f) must be within the setting range of 10-65000. Freqency range: 40-80 The ranges are also valid for the parameters [0200] to [0203]. The limit parameters [0678], [0682], [0683], [0907], [0947], [0948], [0954] and [0955] will be adapt internally in reference to parameter [0203] and the new selected nominal frequency.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 31/226 -
2.4 Communication
SYMAP® provides five communication ports. The RS232 port on the front panel is always available. Use it to upload the firmware or to communicate with the SYMAP® PC-tools. The other ports are on the backside, and they are programmable by the user with the parameters shown on Figures 2-13 and 2-14. Please note that the PROFIBUS and CANBUS ports are optional. Refer to the order list for detailed information.
Figure 2-14 Communication parameters-1
Figure 2-15 Communication parameters-2
BACK EXIT
OFF
0301. - adresse : 0
0302. - baud rate : 57600 Bd
0303. - protocol : PC TOOLS
0304. PROFIBUS - com.port : OFF
0305. - adresse : 0
0306. - first byte : LOW
0307. - applivcation: none
0308. CAN 1 - com. port : OFF
0309. - number of nodes : 2
0310. - identifier : 01
0311. - identifier size : standard
0312. - baud rate :10000.0 Bd
0300. SERIAL PORT 1 (ASC1) :
COMMUNICATION PARAMETER Setting range:
OFF/RS485/RS422/MODEM
0-255
9600/19200/38400/57600/62500
PC TOOLS/MODBUS/KUHSE/REMOTE
OFF/ON
0-125
LOW/HIGH
None
ON/OFF
1-14
1-14
standard/extended
100,0-1000,0 kBd
BACK EXIT
0313. - autom.id. scan : OFF
0314. CAN 2 – com. port : ON
0315. - number of nodes : 1
0316. - idetifier : 1
0317. - idetifier size : standard
0318. - baud rate : 125.0 kBd
0319. - application :MDEC303 V1
0320. - MDEC overried : 0
0321. reseved :
0322. SERIAL PORT 2 (ASC2) : OFF
0323. - address : 0
0324. - baud rate : 625000 Bd
0625.Tel.No.- leading zeros : 0
0326. - Tel.No. part 1 : 0
0327. - Tel.No. part 2 : 0
COMMUNICATION PARAMETER Setting range:
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
1-32
0-65535
Standard/extended
15,6-1000,0 kBd
None,MDEC303all,...,CANopen, ADEC
0-9999
OFF/ON
0-65535
9600-625000 Bd
Service Manual
- 32/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 2-16 Communication parameters-3
Parameter description:
0300.SERIAL PORT 1 (ASC1) : Setting of the physical layer for this communication port; use the Terminals 26 (-) and 27 (+) of plug X2.2 for the RS485 communication. For RS422 use the Terminals 26 (RxD -), 27 (RxD +), 28 (TxD -) and 29 (TxD+) of the same plug. If you do not want to use one of these communications set this parameter to “OFF”.
0301. - address : Setting of the communication address of this device for RS 422/485
0302. - baudrate : Selection of the transmission speed for RS232/422/485; if there are some problems with the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.
0303. - protocol : Selection of the protocol type; table 2-2 shows the possible applications the device provides. For more details, please see Appendix A1.
Table 2-2 Available protocols
Parameter [0303] Description
PC TOOLS for the HIMAP-BCG-tools
MODBUS for communication with a main control unit
KUHSE special protocol
REMOTE for communication between two HIMAP-BCG devices
60870-103 for the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
BlueVis.1 Special protocol for MTU’s Blue Vision interface (version 1)
BlueVis.2 Special protocol for MTU’s Blue Vision interface (version 2)
BACK EXIT
0328. IEC 61850 Communication : ON
0329. – IP address part 1 (L) : 192
0330. – IP address part 2 : 168
0331. – IP address part 3 : 2
0332. – IP address part 4 (R) : 120
0333. - Gateway address part1 : 192
0334. - Gateway address part2 : 168
0335. - Gateway address part3 : 2
0336. - Gateway address part4 : 1
0337. Time synchron. (SNTP) : ON
0338. – Daylight saving time : ON
0339. - Local time zone : + 1 h
0340. - Server address part 1 : 64
0341. - Server address part 2 : 183
0342. - Server address part 3 : 56
0343. - Server address part 4 : 58
COMMUNICATION PARAMETER Setting range:
OFF/ON
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
-23 - +23
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 33/226 -
0304.PROFIBUS - com. port : ON/OFF switch for the PROFIBUS port; the standard PROFIBUS DP V1 is fulfilled. The parameters [0304] to [0307] work only with this communication port.
NOTE: Event [0304] is active if the device is exchanging data with the master.
0305. - address : Setting of the communication address of this device for PROFIBUS communication; make sure that there is only one specific address in the communication.
0306. -first byte : Selection of the transmission sequence of a word (16 bit = 2 bytes) or of a long word (32 bit = 4 bytes); choose “HIGH” to transmit the high byte first or choose “LOW” to transmit the low byte first.
0307. - application : Reserved for special applications
0308. CAN1 - com. port : ON/OFF switch for the CANBUS1 port; the parameters [0308] to [0313] work only with this first CAN-communication port.
NOTE: If devices are connected over the CANBUS1 they will synchronize their RTCs (real time clocks) automatically. In this case, the RTC of the node with the smallest CAN-Identifier (parameter [0310]) is the reference for all other RTCs (extended board setting: see Users manual, chapter 1.8).
0309. - number of nodes : This parameter shows the number of devices connected to the CAN-communication. If there are less nodes than this number detected on the CANBUS1 system failure [3019] (“CAN1 node error”) will be activated.
NOTE: An extension board is not a node in this sense.
0310. - identifier : Setting of the communication identifier of this device for CAN-communication. Make sure that there is only one specific main device identifier in the communication. For the communication to the extension board CMA216 and CMA218, you must use this same identifier setting also for the extension board.
0311. - identifier size : Selection of the identifier format; choose “standard” for the 11 bit identifier; or choose “extended” for the 29 bit identifier.
0312. - baud rate : Selection of the transmission speed for CAN-communication; if there are some problems with the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.
0313. - autom. id. scan : The automatic allocation of the identifiers over the CANBUS1 can be enabled with this parameter. In that case the system failures [3008], [3019] and [3043] are disabled, and on the Main page “CAN: number of devices” is displayed instead of “NET” (Device type G). The system will reorganize the identifiers (starting with “1”) if more than one device with the same identifier parameter [0310] are detected on the CANBUS1. The allocation process takes around 15 sec. During this process the PM is idle and the “number of devices”-display is blinking.
Service Manual
- 34/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0314. CAN2 - com. port : ON/OFF switch for the CANBUS2 port; the parameters [0314] to [0319] work only with this second CAN-communication port.
0315. - number of nodes : This parameter shows the number of devices connected to the CAN-communication.
0316. - identifier : Setting of the communication identifier of this device for CAN-communication; make sure that there is only one specific identifier in the communication.
0317. - identifier size : Selection of the identifier format; choose “standard” for the 11 bit identifier or choose “extended” for the 29 bit identifier.
0318. - baud rate : Selection of the transmission speed for CAN-communication; if there are some problems with the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.
0319. - application : This parameter defines the application of the second CANBUS-port. Table 2-3 shows the possible applications the device provides.
Table 2-3 Application of the second CANBUS-port
Parameter [0319] Description
none CANBUS2-port switched off
MDEC303 all Special communication protocol for MDEC controller (MTU); if MDEC application is in use then the baud rate of 125 kbaud will be set internally, as well as the identifier, 6, and the identifier size, standard. In version “V1” only the most important data will be displayed. With option “all”, all data of the protocol will be shown on LCD.
MDEC303 V1
CANopen For the CANopen protocol (refer to Appendix A1)
ADEC Special communication protocol for ADEC controller (MTU).
0320. - MDEC override : Only for CANBUS2 application: MDEC 303 If the set event number is active the MDEC function “override” also becomes active.
NOTE: This means that the MTU-diesel will NOT stop if any engine trouble occurs.
0322. SERIAL PORT 2 (ASC2) : This port is only available for special differential protection applications.
0323. - address : Setting of the communication address of this device
0324. - baud rate : Selection of the transmission speed
0325. Tel.No. - leading zeros : 0326. - Tel.No. part 1 : 0327. - Tel.No. part 2 :
These parameters are used for special modem applications.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 35/226 -
[0328. IEC 61850 Communication : The SYMAP® IEC61850 interface can be activated with parameter [P0328]. As soon as a link with the IEC 61850 client has established, the event [E0328] is being activated.
CAUTION: The serial channel is blocked if parameter [P0328] is enabled (so [P0328] must be disabled before up/downloading with the Parameter-Tool).
NOTE: The SYMAP® device consists of 20 “Logical Nodes” and 8 “Unbuffered Report Control Blocks”. “DataSets” can be freely defined. All the “DataModels” can be viewed in the SCL-file: “Symap IEC61850 Server.icd”.
0329. - IP address part 1(L) : 0330. - IP address part 2 : 0331. - IP address part 3 : 0332. - IP address part 4(R) :
The parameters [P0329] to [P0332] are used for setting the IP-address of the SYMAP® device. As soon as a Physical Ethernet Link has established, the event [E0329] is being activated.
0333. - Gateway address part 1 : 0334. - Gateway address part 2 : 0335. - Gateway address part 3 : 0336. - Gateway address part 4 :
These parameters are used for setting the Router-address of the gateway.
0337. Time synchron. (SNTP) : Time synchronization via SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) can be activated by parameter [P0337]:
“OFF”: time synchronization is deactivated
“ON”: time synchronization is activated
0338. - Daylight saving time : Parameter [P0338] enables the automatic “Daylight saving time” switch (+1 hour between 1:00 UTC on last Sunday in March and 1:00 UTC on last Sunday in October)
0339. - Local time zone : With parameter [P0339] the local time zone can be adjusted (±12 hours offset to UTC (GMT)).
0339. - Server address part 1 : 0340. - Server address part 2 : 0341. - Server address part 3 : 0342. - Server address part 4 :
The time server IP-address can be set by parameters [P0340] to [P0343]. An Internet connection and a router (see parameters [P0333] to [P0336]) must exist in order to get in connection with an Internet time server. The SYMAP® operates as a client sending periodically requests to the time server (512 sec polling interval). The SYMAP® device accepts also SNTP-Broadcast messages via Local Broadcast or Multicast from a local time server (SCADA Systems). In that case parameters [P0340] to [P0343] can be set all to zero, the SYMAP® device will not send any requests.
NOTE: There is a timesync counter (only successfull messages are counted) on the status display page. Please press ENTER – DISPLAY – IEC61850 to invoke the counter.
Service Manual
- 36/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.5 Analog Inputs
Within the main device, there are four analog inputs available. The selection of two physical standards and many measuring types is possible. In combination with an external board, the number of function inputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 21 analog inputs PT 100 or analog inputs 4-20 mA channels. Figure 2-16 shows an example of the parameter setting for analog input 1. With the change of the measuring type, the unit of the measuring input will be adapted. Thus the unit of the following parameter will be changed automatically. The settings for the other analog inputs are the same with the exception of the parameter/event numbers. The parameter/event numbers for the other analog inputs are listed at the end of this chapter.
Figure 2-17 Analog Input “01”
Parameter description:
CURRENT INPUT 1 -X2.4/54, 55 : Name of the analog input with plug number and terminal numbers
- Function : Selection of the physical standard for this special input
- Measuring type : This parameter defines the setting of the measuring type or the measuring unit. Table 2-4 shows all possible selections.
BACK EXIT
CURRENT INPUT 1 -X2.4/54,55
- Function : 0-20 mA
- Measuring type[unit] : mA
- Full scale : 0.0 mA
- Zero scale : 0.0 mA
0400. - 1.Limit : 0.0 mA
- 1.Limit high/low : LOW
0401. – 1.Limit delay time : 0.0 sec
0402. – 2.Limit : 0.0 mA
- 2.Limit high/low : LOW
0403. – 2.Limit delay time : 0.0 sec
- Hysteresis : 5, %
SelectANALOG INPUT - Setting range:
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA/0-10 V
See table 2-4
0,0-999,9 mA
0,0-999,9 mA
0,0-999,9 mA
LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 mA
LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-99,9 %
01
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 37/226 -
Table 2-4 Measuring types for analogous Inputs
Setting Description
mA The unit of the input is mA
B1-Gas (bar)
Special application for GIS (NOTE: for this application the parameter “function” must be set to: 4-20 mA)
B1-Gas (g/l)
B2-Gas (bar)
B2-Gas (g/l)
S1-Gas (bar)
S1-Gas (g/l)
S2-Gas (bar)
S2-Gas (g/l)
Gas (bar)
Gas (g/l)
Temp. (C) The unit of the input is °C
Temp. (F) The unit of the input is Fahrenheit
Load (%)
The input can be used in combination with the asymmetric load controller (SYMAP®-XG/-BCG only). If parameter [0935] (analog input) is set, the measured value is the setpoint (actual value) for the asymmetric load controller. With the help of the full and zero scale adjustment, the range can be limited
RPM (%) The input can be used as a tacho input (SYMAP ®-XG/-BCG only). If parameter [0265] (see chapter 2.10.9) is set the measured value will be taken as a speed signal
Fuel (l) The unit of the input is liter
Fuel (m3) The unit of the input is m3
Voltage (V) The unit of this input is V
Percent (%) Can be used for any measuring
Bar The unit of the input is bar
CUR-OUT 1 With this types, the analog outputs can be feed back to the analog inputs in order to use the limit events of the analog inputs (The unit for this types are mA).
CUR-OUT 2
CUR-OUT 3
CUR-OUT 4
- Full scale : Adjustment of the full scale point (20 mA = ?)
- Zero scale : Adjustment of the zero scale point (0 or 4 mA = ?)
0400. -.1. Limit :
Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or
lower than this limit event [0400] will be set.
- 1. Limit high/low : Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0400]; in case of high limit, the actual measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0400]. In case of low limit, the actual value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event.
0401. - 1. Limit delay time : If event [0400] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0401] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0400]. Please use this parameter for the alarm controller.
Service Manual
- 38/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0402. - 2. Limit :
Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or
lower than this limit event [0402] will be set.
- 2. Limit high/low : Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0402]; in case of high limit, the actual measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0402]. In case of low limit, the actual value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event.
0403. - 2. Limit delay time : If event [0402] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0403] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0402]. Please use this parameter for the alarm controller.
- Hysteresis : Setting of the hysteresis for both limits
Table 2-5 Event numbers for the current inputs
Number of analogue input
Event number 1. Limit
Event number 1. Limit delay time
Event number 2. Limit
Event number 2. Limit delay time
Analogue input 1 (4-20 mA) [0400] [0401] [0402] [0403]
Analogue input 2 (4-20 mA) [0404] [0405] [0406] [0407]
Analogue input 3 (4-20 mA) [0408] [0409] [0410] [0411]
Analogue input 4 (4-20 mA) [0412] [0413] [0414] [0415]
2.5.1 PT100 Inputs
The following temperature measuring inputs (see figure 2-17) are only available with the listed extension boards (see table 2-6) (with the main device there are no PT100 inputs).
Table 2-6 Connectors for temperature measuring inputs
Number of analogue input CMA210 connectors (16 PT100 inputs)
CMA211 connectors (5 PT100 inputs)
05 (PT100-1) -X40: 1, 2, 3 -X44: 48, 49, 50
06 (PT100-2) -X40: 4, 5, 6 -X44: 51, 52, 53
07 (PT100-3) -X40: 7, 8, 9 -X44: 54, 55, 56
08 (PT100-4) -X40: 10, 11, 12 -X44: 57, 58, 59
09 (PT100-5) -X40: 13, 14, 15 -X44: 60, 61, 62
10 (PT100-6) -X40: 16, 17, 18 not available
11 (PT100-7) -X40: 19, 20, 21 not available
12 (PT100-8) -X41: 25, 26, 27 not available
13 (PT100-9) -X41: 28, 29, 30 not available
14 (PT100-10) -X41: 31, 32, 33 not available
15 (PT100-11) -X41: 34, 35, 36 not available
16 (PT100-12) -X41: 37, 38, 39 not available
17 (PT100-13) -X41: 40, 41, 42 not available
18 (PT100-14) -X41: 43, 44, 45 not available
19 (PT100-15) -X41: 46,47, 48 not available
20 (PT100-16) -X41: 49, 50, 51 not available
The description shows an example of the parameter setting for PT100-1. The settings for the other temperature measuring inputs are the same with the exception of the parameter/event numbers.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 39/226 -
Figure 2-18 Analog Input “05”
Parameter description:
PT100-1 ext.board -X40/1, 2, 3 :
Name of the analogous input with plug number and terminal numbers
- Function : Selection of using this special input (ON/OFF switch)
- Measuring type : Setting of the physical sensor (Up to now only PT100 possible)
- Full scale : Adjustment of the full scale point (for calibration only); the range of the input is depending on the hardware and not changeable with this parameter; for other ranges please contact the manufacturer.
- Zero scale : Adjustment of the zero scale point (for calibration only); the range of the input is depending on the hardware and not changeable with this parameter.
0416. - 1. Limit :
Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or
lower than this limit event [0416] will be set.
- 1. Limit high/low : Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0416]; in case of high limit, the actual measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0416]. In case of low limit, the actual value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event.
0417. - 1. Limit delay time : If event [0416] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0417] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0416]. Please use this parameter for the alarm controller.
BACK EXIT
PT100- 1 ext.board -X40/1,2,3
- Function : OFF
- Measuring type[unit]: PT100 [C]
- Full scale : 320.0 C
- Zero scale : - 40.0 C
0416. - 1.Limit : + 0.0 C
- 1.Limit high/low : LOW
0417. – 1.Limit delay time : 0.0 sec
0418. – 2.Limit : + 0.0 C
- 2.Limit high/low : LOW
0419. – 2.Limit delay time : 0.0 sec
- Hysteresis : 5,0 %
SelectANALOG INPUT - : Setting range:
OFF/ON
PT100
0,0-999,9° C
-999,9°C to +999,9°C
-999,9°C to +999,9°C
LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 sec
-999,9°C bis +999,9°C
LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-99,9 %
05
Service Manual
- 40/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0418. - 2. Limit :
Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or
lower than this limit, event [0418] will be set.
- 2. Limit high/low : Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0418]; in case of high limit, the actual measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0418]. In case of low limit, the actual value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event.
0419. - 2. Limit delay time : If event [0418] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0419] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0418]. Please use this parameter for the alarm controller.
- Hysteresis : Setting of the hysteresis for both limits
Table 2-7 Event numbers for the temperature measuring inputs
Number of analogue input
Event number 1. Limit
Event number 1. Limit delay time
Event number 2. Limit
Event number 2. Limit delay time
05 (PT100-1) [0416] [0417] [0418] [0419]
06 (PT100-2) [0420] [0421] [0422] [0423]
07 (PT100-3) [0424] [0425] [0426] [0427]
08 (PT100-4) [0428] [0429] [0430] [0431]
09 (PT100-5) [0432] [0433] [0434] [0435]
10 (PT100-6) [0436] [0437] [0438] [0439]
11 (PT100-7) [0440] [0441] [0442] [0443]
12 (PT100-8) [0444] [0445] [0446] [0447]
13 (PT100-9) [0448] [0449] [0450] [0451]
14 (PT100-10) [0452] [0453] [0454] [0455]
15 (PT100-11) [0456] [0457] [0458] [0459]
16 (PT100-12) [0460] [0461] [0462] [0463]
17 (PT100-13) [0464] [0465] [0466] [0467]
18 (PT100-14) [0468] [0469] [0470] [0471]
19 (PT100-15) [0472] [0473] [0474] [0475]
20 (PT100-16) [0476] [0477] [0478] [0479]
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 41/226 -
2.6 Binary Inputs
SYMAP® provides with its basic unit 14 function inputs for user defined applications (see figure 2-18 and table 2-8). In combination with an external board, the number of function inputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 36 digital inputs channels.
Figure 2-19 Binary Inputs-1
Parameter description:
- Select : Selects an binary input
0500. - Condition : Condition of the input; if the input is active event [0500] will be set. Conditions:
“NORM.OPEN”: The input is normally open.
“NORM.CLSD”: The input is normally closed.
“N.O. + W.F.”: The input is normally open and the wirefault supervision is active.
“N.C. + W.F.”: The input is normally closed and the wirefault supervision is active.
NOTE: The wirefault supervision is only available for the function inputs 10-23. Every input has a unique wirefault event number ([3321] to [3334]). These events can be used for alarming. Refer to table 2-8.
“N.O. + INV.”: The input is normally open and the inverted event is released.
“N.C. + INV.”: The input is normally closed and the inverted event is released.
NOTE: Only the after delay event will be inverted. Every input has a unique “Binary inputs inverted after delay event” ([3501] to [3599]). Refer to the event list in the Appendix A2.
BACK EXIT
0500. - Condition : NORM.OPEN
0501. - Time delay: 0.0 sec
FUNC.10 INPUT -X2.3/30
BINARY INPUT EVENT – Select: Setting range:
*
0,0-6000,0 sec
*NORM.OPEN/NORM.CLSD/
N.O.+W.F./N.C.+W.F/
N.O.+INV./N.C.+INV.
500
Service Manual
- 42/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0501. - Time delay : If the input is active and the delay is passed event [0501] will be set.
Table 2-8 shows the function inputs of the basic unit which can be used. All function inputs have the same parameters with exception of the event and terminal numbers.
Table 2-8 Function inputs
Function Input
Eventnumber Event number
after delay Wire fault
Event number Plug/Terminal
10 [0500] [0501] [3321] X2.3/30
11 [0502] [0503] [3322] X2.3/31
12 [0504] [0505] [3323] X2.3/32
13 [0506] [0507] [3324] X2.3/33
14 [0508] [0509] [3325] X2.3/34
15 [0510] [0511] [3326] X2.3/35
16 [0512] [0513] [3327] X2.3/36
17 [0514] [0515] [3328] X2.3/37
18 [0516] [0517] [3329] X2.3/38
19 [0518] [0519] [3330] X2.3/39
20 [0520] [0521] [3331] X2.3/40
21 [0522] [0523] [3332] X2.3/41
22 [0524] [0525] [3333] X2.3/42
23 [0526] [0527] [3334] X2.3/43
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 43/226 -
2.6.1 Wire fault alarm
The binary inputs of the SYMAP®-family are equipped with a wire fault protection. So the user have the possibility to supervise the operatability of safety applications.
Parameter description:
0055. - BIN.-inputs W.F.-limit : Limit of the wire fault event; remain the level of the binary input under this level, the related wire fault event is active (see table 2-8). Default setting: 20 LSB
0076. - BIN.- input low-limit : Upper limit of the input low level; default setting: 150 LSB
0077. - BIN.- input high-limit : Lower limit of the input high level; default setting: 180 LSB
These parameters could only be changed with the parametertool under EXTRAS/SPECIAL PARAMETER.
Structure of the wire fault alarm: For a proper working a resistor (10 kΩ) must be installed close to the switching contact of the supervised line (see figure 2-26).
Figure 2-20 Structure and voltage level of the wire fault alarm
Functional description: There is a current conduction through the resistor even when the contact –K1 is open which turned out a voltage level of approx. 3 V to 4 V (30 LSB to 40 LSB) at the binary input. Regarding to the shown parameter settings, this is recognized as a LOW input level. If there is a wire fault at any part of the line the voltage break down and the related wire fault events (common event [3320] and [33xx]) get active. On the other hand, if the contact –K1 close there is a bypass to the resistor and the input is recognized as HIGH.
SYMAP®
10k
-K 1
-X2.3/45 (+24V)
-X2.3/30 -43 (binary input)
-K1 open
-K1 closed
Wire fault
Voltage level
(binary inputs) LSB (ADC)
255 LSB
180 LSB Parameter
150 LSB Parameter
20 LSB Parameter
0 LSB
24V
17V
14V
2V
0V
Service Manual
- 44/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.7 Analogous Outputs
The basic unit of SYMAP® provides four analogous outputs. For each output, parameters for the function, the physical range and calibration are available (see figures 2-20 and 2-21). In combination with an external board, the number of function outputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 8 analogous outputs 4-20 mA channels.
Figure 2-21 Analogous Outputs-1
Figure 2-22 Analogous Outputs-2
The analogous outputs can be used to convert measuring and processed values to analogous outputs such as 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA. Table 2-9 shows the selection possibilities of analogous output function parameters ([0600], [0605], [0610] and [0615]).
BACK EXIT
0601. - range : 4-20 mA
0602. - zero scale: 0,0 %
0603. - full scale: 100,0 %
0604. - adjust : 100,0 %
0605. CUR-OUT 2 - fuction : U-averge
0606. - range : 4-20 mA
0607. - zero scale: 0,0 mA
0608. - full scale: 100,0 %
0609. - adjust : 100,0 %
0610. CUR-OUT 3 - function :I1-current
0611. - range : 4-20 mA
0600. CUR-OUT 1 - function : U12-VOLT.
ANALOGOUS OUTPUTS Setting range:
See table 2-9
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
See table 2-9
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
See table 2-9
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA
BACK EXIT
0612. - zero scale: 0,0 mA
0613. - full scale: 100,0 %
0614. - adjust : 100,0 %
0615. CUR-OUT 4 – funktion :I-GND1-cur
0616. - range : 4-20 mA
0617. - zero scale: 0,0 mA
0618. - full scale: 100,0 %
0619. - adjust : 100,0 %
ANALOGOUS OUTPUTS Setting range:
0,0-999,9 mA
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
See table 2-9
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA
0,0-999,9 mA
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 45/226 -
Table 2-9 Selection possibilities of analogous output function parameters
Function Description
OFF The output is disabled
I1-current Actual current of phase 1
I2-current Actual current of phase 2
I3-current Actual current of phase 3
I-average Average current of phase 1-3
U12-Volt Line voltage U1 to U2
U23-Volt Line voltage U2 to U3
U31-Volt Line voltage U3 to U1
U-average Average voltage of all line voltages
U-BUS1 av. Average BUS1 voltage of all line voltages
U-BUS2 av. Average BUS2 voltage of all line voltages
Constant The value can be set with the “Adjust” (0-100.0% -> 0-20mA). The “Zero scale” must be set to 0.0%, the “Full scale” must be set to 100.0% and the Range to 0-20mA.
I-GND1-Cur Ground current 1
I-GND2-Cur Ground current 2
P apparent Apparent power
UGND1-Volt. Ground voltage 1
UGND2-Volt Ground voltage 2
Pw Active power
Pq Reactive power
Net load Type XG/BCG only: relative net power
SPIreserve Type XG/BCG only: the relative net spinning reserve
Pw-GND1 Active ground power of Ignd1 and Ugnd1
Pw-GND2 Active ground power of Ignd2 and Ugnd2
Frequency Frequency of feeder system
BUS1-Freq. Frequency of BUS1 system
BUS2-Freq Frequency of BUS2 system
PF pow.fac. Power factor of feeder system
U1-Volt Voltage U1 to ground
U2-Volt Voltage U2 to ground
U3-Volt Voltage U3 to ground
Speed ctrl Type XG/BCG only: corresponds to ANSI 15 - speed matching device
Volt. ctrl Type XG/BCG only: corresponds to ANSI 15 - voltage matching device
MTU speed MDEC speed (nominal = 3000 rpm)
MTU inject MDEC injection quantity (nominal = 100%)
MTU T-lube MDEC Temperature lube oil (nominal = 100 °C)
MTU T-cool MDEC Temperature coolant (nominal = 100 °C)
MTU T-air MDEC Temperature charge air (nominal = 100 °C)
MTU T-fuel MDEC Temperature fuel (nominal = 100 °C)
MTU T-intc MDEC Temperature coolant intercooler (nominal = 100 °C)
MTU P-lube MDEC Pressure lube oil (nominal = 10.0 bar)
MTU P-air MDEC Pressure charge air (nominal = 5.0 bar)
MTU P-fuel MDEC Pressure fuel (nominal = 15.0 bar)
MTU Prfuel MDEC Pressure fuel rail (nominal = 1600 bar)
Speed rpm Type XG/BCG only: the diesel speed in rpm
LSsetpoint Type XG/BCG only: the setpoint of the Load sharing controller (see chapter 2.10.3)
CAN1 - I Type XG/BCG only: The generator current, voltage, power and frequency of the first 6 nodes of the CANBUS1
CAN1 - U
CAN1 - P
CAN1 - f
Service Manual
- 46/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
CAN2 - I
CAN2 - U
CAN2 - P
CAN2 - f
CAN3 - I
CAN3 - U
CAN3 - P
CAN3 - f
Type XG/BCG only: The generator current, voltage, power and frequency of the first 6 nodes of the CANBUS1
CAN4 - I
CAN4 - U
CAN4 - P
CAN4 - f
CAN5 - I
CAN5 - U
CAN5 - P
CAN5 - f
CAN6 - I
CAN6 - U
CAN6 - P
CAN6 - f
PT100-1
The PT100 Analog inputs. All 16 possible inputs from any external board can be selected. The nominal value is assumed as +320°C
PT100-2
PT100-3
PT100-4
PT100-5
PT100-6
PT100-7
PT100-8
PT100-9
PT100-10
PT100-11
PT100-12
PT100-13
PT100-14
PT100-15
PT100-16
CW sum max The max. phase Contact wear (see ANSI – CW Contact wear measurement).
Comm. AO 1 With this functions it is possible to drive an analog output directly over Profibus (Module 30, Instruction Nr. 60-63) or Modbus (Function Code 6, Register Address 60-63).
Comm. AO 2
Comm. AO 3
Comm. AO 4
LSsetp.2 Outputs the sym/asy load sharing setpoint if the load sharing is active in sym/asy. Otherwise the actual gen power (%) is outputted.
RGSP kW Outputs the Remain Generator Surplus Power: RGSP kW = ((capacity sum of gen in auto and not in load reduction) + (actual load sum of gen in manu or in load reduction)) – net load. RGSP % = ((RGSP kW) / (capacity sum of gen in auto and not in load reduction) * 100 %. The RGSP kW is scaled in the following way: 0 - 4000kW -> 4-20mA
RGSP %
Each analogous output provides five parameters for adjustment. The following parameters refer to analogous output 1, which are representative for all analogous outputs.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 47/226 -
Parameter description:
0600. CUR-OUT 1 - function : Output selection for analogous output 1 (X2.4 49 and 50)
0601. - range : Selection of the output range: 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA or OFF
0602. - zero scale : The zero point adjustment (0 or 4 mA = xx %)
0603. - full scale :
Full scale adjustment (20 mA = xx %)
0604. - adjust : Total linear scale adjustment (calibration)
Table 2-10 Terminals of analogous outputs
Analogous output
Plug - Terminals
1 X2.4 - 49, 50 (+)
2 X2.4 - 49, 51 (+)
3 X2.4 - 49, 52 (+)
4 X2.4 - 49, 53 (+)
Service Manual
- 48/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.8 Binary Outputs
The basic unit of SYMAP® provides 12 binary outputs. The outputs are organized as table 2-11. In combination with an external board, the number of function outputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 24 Relay outputs channels (see chapter 2.8.3).
Table 2-11 Binary outputs
No. Output name Event number Description
1 Shunt #1 [0700] used for breaker trip events
2 Shunt #2 [0701]
3 Lockout relay [0702] and [0703] special relay for lock-out purpose
4 CB synchron ON [0704] and [0705] used for synchronizing unit
5-12 Function 1-8 [0706]-[0720] free programmable outputs
2.8.1 Shunt #1 output
Figure 2-23 Shunt #1
Parameter description:
Events 01 to 20 : "HIGH" active events to activate the event [0700]
Event 21 : "HIGH" active event to enable the event [0700]
Event 22 : "LOW" active event to enable the event [0700]
NOTE: The Shunt #1 output is the fastest binary output SYMAP® offers. So it should be used for time critical operations such as fast protection functions like ANSI 50 to open a circuit breaker.
BACK EXIT
Shunt #1 -X2.1/18,19
Events:
01:1402 11: 0
02:1405 12: 0
03:1408 13: 0
04: 0 14: 0
05: 0 15: 0
06: 0 16: 0
07: 0 17: 0
08: 0 18: 0
09: 0 19: 0
10: 0 20: 0
SelectBINARY OUTPUT EVENT 700
<1
&
<1
21:9999
22: 0 700
Note: 0=OFF
9999=ON
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 49/226 -
2.8.2 Shunt #2 output
Figure 2-24 Shunt #2
Parameter description:
Events 01 to 20 : "HIGH" active events to activate the event [0701]
Event 21 : "HIGH" active event to enable the event [0701]
Event 22 : "LOW" active event to enable the event [0701]
BACK EXIT
Shunt #1 -X2.1/20,21
Events:
01: 0 11: 0
02: 0 12: 0
03: 0 13: 0
04: 0 14: 0
05: 0 15: 0
06: 0 16: 0
07: 0 17: 0
08: 0 18: 0
09: 0 19: 0
10: 0 20: 0
SelectBINARY OUTPUT EVENT 701
≥ 1
&
21:9999
22: 701
Note: 0=OFF
9999=ON
≥ 1
Service Manual
- 50/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.8.3 Lockout relay
The lockout relay is a bistable (two states) relay, which can be used as lockout relay or as a normal
binary output (see figure 2-24). If the lockout features are requested please refer to ANSI 94 device
code to activate the lockout relay (see chapter 3.32).
Figure 2-25 Failure lock out
Parameter description:
- Select : Selects a binary output
- Condition : Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled event [0703] will be set.
- Time delay : If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and event [0702] will be set.
1. Event : to
6. Event : Events to activate or to block the output
BACK EXIT
Lockout relay - X2.1/16,17
- Codition : NORM.OPEN
- Time delay: 0,0 sec
1.Event: 0
2.Event: 0
3.Event: 0
4.Event: 0
5.Event: 9999
6.Event: 0
SelectBINARY OUTPUT EVENT 702
&
Note:0=OFF,9999=ON
0703
0702
Setting range:
NORM.OPEN/NORM.CLSD
0,0-999,9 sec
≥ 1
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 51/226 -
2.8.4 Synchron ON output
SYMAP® provides a “synchron ON” output used for the synchronizing units to release or block the circuit breakers during synchronization (see figure 2-25). This output has a redundant. That means two independent controllers of the SYMAP® system have to release with their own relay the “synchron ON” output before the main contact (-X2.1/1,2) will be activated. If no synchronizing unit is in use that means that the following three parameters have been set to “0” (parameter [1000], parameter [1030] and parameter [1060]). This output can be used in the same way as the Function outputs 1 to 8.
Figure 2-26 Synchron ON
Parameter description:
- Select : Selects a binary output
- Condition : Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled event [0705] will be set.
- Time delay : If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and event [0704] will be set.
1. Event : to
6. Event : Events to activate or block the output
BACK EXIT
CB Synchron ON - X2.1/1,2
- Codition : NORM.OPEN
- Time delay: 0,0 sec
1.Event: 0
2.Event: 0
3.Event: 0
4.Event: 0
5.Event: 9999
6.Event: 0
SelectBINARY OUTPUT EVENT 704
&
Note:0=OFF,9999=ON
0705
0704
Setting range:
NORM.OPEN/NORM.CLSD
0,0-999,9 sec
≥ 1
Service Manual
- 52/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.8.5 Function outputs
For binary outputs 8 further relay outputs are available (see figure 2-26 and table 2-12).
Figure 2-27 Function outputs
Parameter description:
- Select : Selects a binary output
Table 2-12 Parameters of function outputs
Select: Text: Terminal:
[0700] Shunt #1 X2.1/18, 19
[0701] Shunt #2 X2.1/20, 21
[0702] Lockout relay X2.1/16, 17
[0704] CB Synchron ON X2.1/1, 2
[0706] Func. 1 X2.1/3, 5
[0708] Func. 2 X2.1/4, 5
[0710] Func. 3 X2.1/6, 8
[0712] Func. 4 X2.1/7, 8
[0714] Func. 5 X2.1/9, 11
[0716] Func. 6 X2.1/10, 11
[0718] Func. 7 X2.1/12, 13
[0720] Func. 8 X2.1/14, 15
- Condition : Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled the predelay event will be set.
- Time delay : If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and the after delay event will be set.
1. Event : to
6. Event : Events to activate or block the output
BACK EXIT
FUNC.x - X2.1/x,y
- Codition : NORM.OPEN
- Time delay: 0,0 sec
1.Event: 0
2.Event: 0
3.Event: 0
4.Event: 0
5.Event: 9999
6.Event: 0
SelectBINARY OUTPUT EVENT 7xx
&
Note:0=OFF,9999=ON
07xx
07xx
Setting range:
NORM.OPEN/NORM.CLSD
0,0-999,9 sec
≥ 1
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 53/226 -
2.9 Event Builder
The event builder offers several possibilities to combine events and to build user defined applications. The various logic elements can be accessed through the following overview list. This list is placed in the menu tree as follows: MENU > SETTING > SYSTEM > Event builder (see figure 2-28). The first 3 items (Breaker control, Interlock diagrams, Breaker test mode) are linked to the breaker control and can not be used for other purposes. The other elements can be used for any applications.
Figure 2-28 Event builder
NOTE: For details refer to the Appendix A2.
BACK EXIT
Interlock diagrams
Breaker test mode
Logic diagrams (800-839)
AND elements (840-849)
OR elements (850-859)
AND / OR (860-869)
Timer (870-889)
Counter (890-894)
Flip-flops (895-899)
CAN events (370-392)
Breaker control
EVENT BUILDER
Service Manual
- 54/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.10 Power management (main menu)
The power management function is an additional software package available only for SYMAP® XG/BCG. If the power management software is loaded, the following parameters are available (see figure 2-28).
Figure 2-29 Power management (main menu)
BACK EXIT
Power management
Load sharing
Frequency controller
Voltage regulator
Power factor controller
Big consumer request (BCR)
Blackout
Diesel control
Starting phase
Stopping phase
Preferential trip limits
Additional limits
General
POWER MANAGEMENT
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 55/226 -
2.10.1 General PM Parameter
This group comprises the general settings for power management (see figures 2-29 and 2-30).
Figure 2-30 General settings for power management-1
Figure 2-31 General settings for power management-2
Parameter description:
0180. Generator - number : Number of generator; this number is shown in the main page and is used by the power manager for all event histories to show the user which generator has been started and stopped.
BACK EXIT
: 01
0181. - priority: 01
0182.Net selectors - 1.ev.(L): 509
0183. - 2.ev.(R): 0
0184.Automatic mode : 511
0185.Start rease : 513
0186.Start next diesel : 0
0187.Remot start : 515
0188.Remot stop : 517
0189.Load balance after start : 10sec
0190.Mains parallel operation : 0
0191.Manual mode type : MANUAL 1
0192.Priority select by event : 504
0193. - 1.event : 519
0180.Generator - number
GENERAL PM PARAMETER Setting range:
1-14
1-14
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 sec
0-9999 (Event number)
MANUAL 1-6
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
BACK EXIT
0194. - 2.event : 521
0195. - 3.event : 0
0196. - 4.event : 0
0197.Reamin in manual : NO
0198.Secure front key access : 512
0199.Start next alarm block : 0
2400.Nominal power reduction : CURR.3
2401. - Pn zero scale point : 70.0 %
2402. - scale adjustment : 100.0 %
2403.Request own power by : 0
2404. – power not avail.event
2405.Preselect prio. By event : 0
2406. - priority: 1
2407.Change to MANUAL : 0
2408.Mainpage LS/PM status : NET
2409.User acces definition : none
2410.Automatic net selection : ON
GENERAL PM PARAMETER Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
NO/YES
0-9999 (Event number)
Event 0-9999
OFF/CURR.1 – CURR.4
0,0-100,0 %
50,0-150,0 %
0-9999 (Event number)
--- (Eventnummer)
Event 0-9999
1-14
0-9999 (Event number)
NET/OWN
None/Prio+Loard
OFF/ON
Service Manual
- 56/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0181. - priority : Priority of the diesel generator; the priority is used to define the start and stop sequence for the power management. The priority is shown in the main page. The priority can also be changed on the load page or over MODBUS-communication if parameter [0192] is OFF.
0182. Net selector -1.ev.(L) : 0183. -2.ev.(R) :
The net selectors define the BUS section to which the circuit breaker of the corresponding generator has been connected. A maximum of four BUS sections can be recognized.
Example: If a bus tie-breaker is in use the user can link the auxiliary output of the bus tie-breaker with a function input. The event number of this function input has to be used for the net selector parameter to define the BUS sections (see table 2-13).
NOTE: Please place parameter [2410] on “OFF” when using up to four nets and consider the description of parameter [2410] when using more than four nets.
Table 2-13 Net selectors
Net selectors
[0183] [0182] Net
inactive inactive 0
inactive active 1
active inactive 2
active active 3
0184. Automatic mode : Automatic mode release; an event number is used to release the automatic mode (e.g. via a function input).
Example: A function input is used to release the automatic mode. If the function input is active the automatic mode will be automatically set and the user can switch between automatic and manual. If the function input is inactive the manual mode is fixed and blocked.
Event numbers linked to the modes:
[2905]: manual mode
[2906]: automatic mode
0185. Start release : Start release of the aggregate; the user can activate an event number to allow the starting of the aggregate (e.g. via a function input).
Example: The user can activate a function input to allow the starting. If the function input is active the starting of the aggregate is allowed. If the function input is inactive all start orders will be blocked and the device will switch to fixed manual mode. In this case event [0185] (“start block”) will become active. Use this event for an alarm message.
0186. Start next diesel by : The user can start the next aggregate from the start list by event.
Example: The user can activate a function input to start an aggregate which is next in the stand-by sequence. If the state of the function input changes to active this aggregate will be started. Only this trigger condition starts the aggregate.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 57/226 -
0187.Remote Start : The user can start the own aggregate from remote by an event.
Example: The user can activate a function input to start the “own” aggregate from remote. If the state of the function input changes to active the “own” aggregate will be started. Only this trigger condition starts the aggregate.
0188. Remote Stop : The user can stop the “own” aggregate from remote by an event.
Example: The user can activate a function input to stop the “own” aggregate from remote. If the state of the function input changes to active the “own” aggregate will be stopped. Only this trigger condition stops the aggregate. This function is independent of PM parameter [0912] (Stop block by event).
0189. Load balance after start : If the power management starts a diesel generator (e.g. big consumer request) then after the circuit breaker is switched on, the process will be delayed to balance the load before the next action from the power manager happens (e.g. big consumer release).
0190. Mains parallel operation : In case of mains parallel operation, some regulators (e.g. asymmetric load control) have other conditions. With this event number (e.g. function input), the system recognizes mains parallel or insulated operation.
0191. Manual mode type : There are several manual mode types available (see table 2-14).
Table 2-14 Automatic/Manual mode functions
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL MODE FUNCTIONS
FUNCTIONS AUTOMATIC MANUAL MODE
1 2 3 4 5 6
KEYS
BREAKER ON X X X X X
BREAKER OFF X X X X X
START X X X X X
STOP X X X X X
EMERGENCY STOP X X X X X X
START
REMOTE X X X X
COMMUNICATION X X X X
PM X
NEXT DIESEL X
BLACKOUT X
STOP
REMOTE X X X X
COMMUNICATION X X X X
PM X
CONTROLLER
LOAD SHARING X X X X
FREQUENCY X X X X
VOLTAGE X X X X
POWER FACTOR X X X X
0192.Priority select by event : With this event the selectors can be enabled. It is not possible to change the priority over another source (e.g. load page or communication) if the selectors are enabled.
Service Manual
- 58/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0193. - 1. Event : 0194. - 2. Event : 0195. - 3. Event : 0196. - 4. Event :
With the four events (e.g. from binary inputs) a priority can be selected (see table 2-15).
Table 2-15 Priority selectors
PRIORITY SELECTORS
EVENTS PRIORITY
[0196] [0195] [0194] [0193]
0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 2
0 0 1 0 3
0 0 1 1 4
0 1 0 0 5
0 1 0 1 6
0 1 1 0 7
0 1 1 1 8
1 0 0 0 9
1 0 0 1 10
1 0 1 0 11
1 0 1 1 12
1 1 0 0 13
1 1 0 1 14
1 1 1 0 -
1 1 1 1 -
0197. Remain in manual : This parameter controls the trigger of the automatic mode:
“NO”: After an alarm with priority disappears, the mode will switch back to automatic (if automatic was active before the alarm). The mode is stored nonvolatile.
“YES”: After system start or if an alarm with priority disappears the mode will always remain in manual.
0198. Secure front key access : With this parameter the access to the START/STOP/AUTO/MANU. – front keys can be protected with an password (also the Load page – Command window).
assigned event inactive: free access to the keys
assigned event active: The keys are protected with Code #1 (see chapter 2.1). The keys are released for 30 seconds after the right password is entered.
0199. Start next alarm block : If an alarm with start next priority is active and the event set by parameter [0199] is active a start next command will be given only if the CB is closed or the generator is in AUTO and starting.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 59/226 -
2400. Nominal power reduction : The nominal power reduction can be used for shaft generator operation. This parameter enables the function and selects an analog input (see chapter 2.5). The analog input must be also enabled:
“Function”: 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA
“Measuring type”: mA
“Full scale”: sets the upper cutoff point of the current signal (e.g. 16.8 mA)
“Zero scale”: sets the lower cutoff point of the current signal (e.g. 5.8 mA)
2401. - Pn zero scale point : Defines the lowest power value for the nominal power reduction (e.g. 40.0 %)
NOTE: The upper value is always 100.0 %.
2402. - scale adjustment : Linear calibration of the mA-scale between the full and the zero scale; this parameter is normally set to 100.0%.
Figure 2-31 shows an example for the nominal power reduction.
Figure 2-32 Nominal power reduction
NOTE: On the analog inputs page (MENU > DISPLAY > METERS), the following nominal power reduction values are shown as:
the actual mA value, and
the reduced nominal power in % and in kW
2403. Request own power by : This function can be used to request the own actual power (in kW) from the net before the own generator is stopped. The event from parameter [2403] activates the request. The function will calculate the load situation in the own net, without the power of the own generator (assuming that the own generator should be stop). If the future net power reserve is insufficient the function will start one or more stand-by generator. Finally, if the power reserve is available event [2403] will be activated. This event can be used to trigger a stop (e.g. over parameter [0188]).
2404. - power not avail. Event :. This event is related to the function from parameter [2403]. If it is not possible to provide the requested own power from the net (e.g. there are no stand-bys) this event will be activated. It can be used to trigger an alarm.
Pn (%)100.0
40.0
5.8 16.8mA
Service Manual
- 60/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2405. Preselect prio. by event : 2406. - priority :
If the event set on parameter [2405] changes from inactive to active the priority will be set once to the value of parameter [2406].
2407.Change to MANUAL mode : If the event set on parameter [2407] changes from inactive to active the mode will be changed once to MANUAL.
2408. Mainpage LS/PM status : This parameter affects the display of the Load sharing (LS) status and the Power Management (PM) status on the main page and the Diesel Overview page:
“NET”: The status shows the summary of all nodes in the same net.
“OWN”: The status shows only the own device.
2409. User access definition : This parameter defines the possibilities to change the generator priority by the user. If this parameter is set to “Prio+Load”, the Priority page is not visible in the menu, it is not possible to give any commands over the Load Command page, and it is not possible to change the priority through the communication interfaces.
2410. Automatic net selection : “Automatic net selection” can be used up to 4 nets in mode “OFF” and up to 14 nets in mode “ON”. These two kinds of net switching can be selected. Use parameter [2410] „Automatic net selection” to select „ON“ or „OFF“.
Automatic net selection: „OFF“ Two digital inputs can be used for coding the net number. The position of the bus coupler has to be coded and send to the inputs of SYMAP® devices, parameters [0182] and [0183]. The two parameters [0182] and [0183] are binary coded, so that four nets (net 0, 1, 2 and 3) can be selected.
Example: There is a net with four generators and a bus coupler between Gen2 and Gen3. With closed bus coupler all SYMAP® devices would be selected the net No. 0. In this case no switching of the nets by the parameters [0182] and [0183] are necessary. If the bus coupler opens, the both „right” handed generators must be switched into another net, different from 0. The auxiliary contact of the bus coupler activates the parameters [0182] in both SYMAP® devices on the right side. Both SYMAP® devices must be on net 1. Thereby the both „right“- and „left“ handed SYMAP® devices are in different nets and each net for itself controls its own power management system.
Automatic net selection: “ON” The complete network switching is functioning automatically. Fourteen nets can be handed. Each SYMAP® device gets an input signal from the corresponding left- and right- handed bus coupler. The signal of the left handed bus coupler to the generator is given on the parameter [0182] and the signal of the right handed bus coupler on the parameter [0183]. A signal 0 (low) means that the bus coupler is closed. Accordingly a 1 (high) signal means that the bus coupler is open. The devices must be numbered in ascending order starting with 1 from „left to the right” in the CAN1-Identifier (parameter [0310])!! The net numbering starts with the device with CAN1-Identifier [1] and according to the bus couple ring positions it is counted up from 1 to max. 14 “left to right”!
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 61/226 -
NOTE: If no ring net is present, the device with the CAN1-Identifier [1], the parameter [0182] must be set to 9999 and the SYMAP® device with the last CAN1- Identifier, the parameter [0183] must be set to 9999 (in this case the bus couplers at both ends are open).
Ring net: First SAMYP® device with the CAN1-Identifier [1] has a speciality. If the left bus coupler is closed, all SYMAP® device change to ring net control. Also the last SYMAP® device needs an input of the right bus coupler. The last generator can also have in addition a right handed bus coupler.
NOTE: The SYMAP® device with CAN1-Identifier [1], input left bus coupler (parameter [0182]), connects the system with the last SYMAP® device to a ring net.
If no bus couplers exist, the values of parameters [0182] and [0183] is set to 9999. It is important that the sequence of the generators with the corresponding SYMAP® devices runs with the CAN1-Identifiern from „left to the right” in ascending from one onwards in a row. In case of a failure of one SYMAP® device, the power management can be further operated, because the bus coupler feedbacks are given in each device to the two surround SYMAP® devices. In this case the event [3019] „CAN1 node error” is activated on all devices. The feedback of the bus is also monitored. In case of differences in the position of the bus coupler the event [2410] with an announcement “Auto. Net error” will be activated. The events [2410] and [3019] can be directed to an alarm channel for signalling.
G1
[0182] [0183]
[0310] = 1
SYMAP®
G2
[0182] [0183]
[0310] = 2
SYMAP®
Cable
TB
TB
Cable
TB
[0182] [0183]
[0310] = 3
SYMAP®
G3
TB
G14
[0182] [0183]
[0310] = 14
SYMAP®
TB
…
Figure 2-33 Power Management System for max. 14 Generators in one line and ring net (Automatic net selection: “ON”)
Service Manual
- 62/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.10.2 Power management
The power management parameters offer two main functionalities (philosophies) for the load-depending starting and stopping within a BUS section. Each function can be activated independently of the other one (but it is advisable to decide for only one).
The first function (parameters [0900] to [0917]) is operating on several limits for starting and stopping (classical P.M.).
Within the second function (parameters [2430] to [2449]), up to eight load ranges can be defined. For every load range a combination of up to five generators (priorities) can be defined, which should be connected to the BUS. The system will manage to start and/or stop the generator according to the load ranges.
Figure 2-34 Power mamagement-1
Figure 2-35 Power mamagement-2
BACK EXIT
: 0
0901. - characteristic : ON->OFF
0902. START – check limits : SINGLE
0903. - 1.load limit : 70.0 %
0904. - delay : 200 sec
0905. - 2.load limit : 90.0 %
0906. - delay : 30 sec
0907. - low frequency : 58.00 Hz
0908. - delay : 5 sec
0909. - high current : 70.0 %
0910. - delay : 200 sec
0911. STOP - with priority : LOW
0900. P.M - switch by event
POWER MANAGEMENT Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
SINGLE/AVERAGE
0,0-999,9 %
0-9999 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0-9999 sec
0,00-999,99 Hz
0-9999 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0-9999 sec
LOW/HIGH
BACK EXIT
0912. - block by event : 510
0913. - remaining load : 60.0 %
0914. - remaining curr. : 60.0 %
0915. delay : 300 sec
0916.Stop without runn.down : NO
0917.Block own start by event : 0
0918.Prio. Shifter work count : 0 h
2430.LOAD RANGES – by event : 507
2431. – change to upper range : 3 sec
2432. – change to lower range : 100 sec
2433. – load range hysteresis : 2.5 %
POWER MANAGEMENT Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0-9999 sec
NO/YES
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65535 h
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 sec
0-9999 sec
0,0-999,9 %
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 63/226 -
Figure 2-36 Power mamagement-3
Parameter description:
0900. P.M. - switch by event : Event switch for the first power management function; this switch affects only the parameters [0901] to [0917]. All devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation!
0901. - characteristic : Switch characteristic of power management ON/OFF switch parameter [0900]:
“ON -> OFF”: If event of PM-switch is active power management will be switched off.
“OFF -> ON”: If event of PM-switch is active power management will be switched on.
0902. START - check limits :
Checking single or average start limits this parameter is valid for [0903], [0905] and [0909].
All limits can be disabled by setting them to zero.
“SINGLE”: When passing limit parameters [0903], [0905] or [0909] the start order will be given depending on the load/current of each diesel engine. If a generator passes the limit while the others do not a start order will be given.
“AVERAGE”: Start order given if average load/current of parameter [0903], [0905] or [0909] is passed. Average load/current means the average of load/current of all diesel engines running on the mains in one net.
0903. - 1. load limit :
First start limit for load-depending start of an additional diesel engine
0904. - delay : Delay time for first start limit parameter [0903]
0905. - 2.load limit :
Second start limit for load-depending start of an additional diesel engine
BACK EXIT
2434. - 1.load range < 730 kW
2435. - priority: 1
2436. - 2.load range < 1060 kW
2437. - priority: 2
2438. - 3.load range < 1790 kW
2439. - priority: 1 2
2440. - 4.load range < 2130 kW
2441. - priority: 2 3
2442. - 5.load range < 2850 kW
2443. - priority: 1 2 3
2444. - 6.load range < 60000 kw
2445. - priority: 1 2 3 4
2446. - 7.load range < 0 kW
2447. - priority: 1
2448. - 8.load range < 0 kW
2449. - priority: 1
POWER MANAGEMENT Setting range:
0-65535
ʺ1ʺ…ʺ1 2 3 4 5ʺ
0-65535
ʺ1ʺ…ʺ1 2 3 4 5ʺ
0-65535
ʺ1ʺ…ʺ1 2 3 4 5ʺ
0-65535
ʺ1ʺ…ʺ1 2 3 4 5ʺ
0-65535
ʺ1ʺ…ʺ1 2 3 4 5ʺ
0-65535
ʺ1ʺ…ʺ1 2 3 4 5ʺ
0-65535
ʺ1ʺ…ʺ1 2 3 4 5ʺ
0-65535
ʺ1ʺ…ʺ1 2 3 4 5ʺ
Service Manual
- 64/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0906. - delay : Delay time for second start limit parameter [0905]
0907. - low frequency :
Passage of a low frequency limit also starts a diesel engine. Coordinate with parameters
[2007] and [2010]
0908. - delay : Delay time for low frequency start limit parameter [0907]
0909. - high current :
Start limit for current-depending start of an additional diesel engine
0910. - delay : Delay time for current start limit parameter [0909]
0911. STOP - with priority :
Sequence for stop order.
“LOW”: Load-depending stop works in a sequence so that the aggregate with the lowest priority will be stopped first.
“HIGH”: Load-depending stop works in a sequence so that the aggregate with the highest priority will be stopped first.
0912. - block by event : By activating this event, load-depending stop of the diesel engines in the same main can be blocked.
0913. - remaining load : Stop limit for load-depending stop of operating diesel engine; the entered percentage limit is the load value remaining on the mains after disconnecting the diesel engine.
0914. - remaining curr. : Stop limit for current-depending stop of operating diesel engine; the entered percentage limit is the current value remaining on the mains after disconnecting the diesel engine. If zero is settled the limit check will be disabled.
0915. - delay : Delay time for current and load stop limit parameters [0913] and [0914]; note that both conditions must be fulfilled to start the delay. If only load stop is to be used the current limit [0914] must be set to zero. Both limits can be disabled by setting them to zero if PM-stop is not to be used. Current stop [0914] is only available in connection with load stop, never alone.
0916. Stop without run. down : If this parameter is set to “YES” the stopped generator will only open the CB (after load reduction) and than remain running.
0917. Block own start by event : By activating this event, the start of the own diesel engine through the power management system can be blocked. The blocking does not affect other start sources (e.g. blackout, start next…). A message will be displayed on the power management page if the blocking is active.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 65/226 -
0918. Prio. shifter work count : If on any net node parameter [0918] is set and the work hours are reached by that node, the priorities will be rotated on every node in that net, regardless of parameter [0918] and a start next will be issued. The counting value (work hours) is stored novolatile. This function can be activated also on the priority page (MENU > SETTING > PRIORITY).
2430.LOAD RANGES - by event : Event switch for the second power management function; this switch affects only the parameters [2431] to [2449]. All devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation!
2431. - change to upper range : If the actual net power changes from one range to a higher range the higher range will be taken as the valid range after this delay time has passed.
2432. - change to lower range : If the actual net power changes from one range to a lower range the lower range will be taken as the valid range after this delay time has passed.
2433. - load range hysteresis : This hysteresis is valid if the actual net power changes from one range to a higher range. The power must fall below this hysteresis in order to return to the previous (lower) range.
2434. - 1. load range < 2435. - priority :
to 2448. - 8. load range < 2449. - priority :
With this parameters up to eight ranges can be defined. Each range starts at the previous range and ends at the settled kW value. For every range up to five generators (identified in the net by the priorities) can be assigned, which should be connected to the BUS.
NOTE: The starting and stopping will begin when a new range becomes valid (after the delays parameters [2431] or [2432] are passed). The system will first start all the needed generators. After all the needed generators are connected to the BUS, the system will begin to stop the unnecessary generator. If one generator needed for the actual load range is not available (in MANUAL and stopped) the system will search for another generator with the same nominal power. If the search is without result the next stand-by generator will be started. The stopping is blocked in this case. The system will start or stop only generators which priority is defined in one of the load ranges (parameters [2435] … [2449]).
The stopping is automatically blocked if the PM stop is blocked (see parameter [0912]) or if a “big consumer request” is active in the net (see chapter 2.10.7). If parameter [2430] is settled to a value greater than zero supervision becomes active. This supervision checks if all the generators defined within the parameters [2435] … [2449] are available (in AUTOM.). In this case event [2430] will be active. Event [2431] will be active if parameter [2430] is set (to a value greater zero) and the generators needed for the actual range are all in AUTOM. This event can be used for alarming or to control processes (e.g. to switch to the classical PM if generators are not available).
Service Manual
- 66/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.10.3 Load sharing
The load sharing parameter includes the settings that regulate the load within the BUS section (see figures 2-37 and 2-38). The load sharing regulator works as a three-point controller. After a certain break time, the difference between the load set point and the actual measured load value will be calculated. With this load difference the pulse time for speed higher and lower will be calculated. The set point in the symmetrical load sharing mode for the load regulator is the average net load. The set point in the asymmetrical load sharing mode is parameter [0934]). If the load difference (set point to actual load) is lower then the dead band the load sharing regulator is blocked.
Figure 2-37 Load sharing-1
Figure 2-38 Load sharing-2
BACK EXIT
: 0
0926.- charactetristic : ON->OFF
0927.- break time : 3.0 sec
0928.- pulse time : 3.0 sec
0929.- deadband : 2.0 %
0930.- higher event
0931.- lower event
0932. ASYM. - switch by event : 501
0933.- characteristic : ON->OFF
0934.- setpoint : 80 %
0935.- analog input : OFF
0936.- range minimum : 40 %
0925. SYM. – switch by event
LOAD SHARING Setting range:
0-9999 (Evenet number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
--- (Event reminder)
--- (Event reminder)
0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0-200 %
OFF/CURR.1-4/Net CUR.1-4
0-200 %
BACK EXIT
0937. - range maximum : 90 %
0938. - next attempt : 60 sec
0939. Allowed load difference: 20.0 %
0940. - delay : 60 sec
0941. REGUL.- switch by event: 0
0942. - 2. break time : 0.0 sec
0943. - 2. pulse time : 0.0 sec
0944. ASY. Setpoint switch by: 0
2490. PTI mode – shaft gen. : 0
2491. - DG max.limit: 0 %
2492. - delay: 0 sec
2493.PULSE/PAUSE – diff.limit: 0.0 %
2494. - pulse time: 0.0 sec
2495. - pause time: 0.0 sec
2496. - block by : 0 ev.
2497.Allowed load diff.2.li. : 0.0 %
2498. - delay: 0 sec
LOAD SHARING Setting range:
0-200 %
0-9999 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0-9999 sec
0-9999 (Event number)
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 %
0-9999 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0-9999 (Event number)
0,0-999,9 %
0-9999 sec
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 67/226 -
Parameter description:
0925. SYM. - switch by event : ON/OFF switch of load sharing function; all devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation!
0926. - characteristic : Switch characteristic of load sharing ON/OFF switch parameter [0925]:
“ON -> OFF”: If event of load sharing switch is active load sharing function will be switched off.
“OFF -> ON”: If event of load sharing switch is active load sharing function will be switched on.
0927. - break time : Typical setting: 2 sec The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during load sharing is set here. At the end of the break time, the load sharing controller will calculate and set the next pulse (see parameter [0928]).
0928. -pulse time : The pulse characteristic for POWER adjustment during load sharing is set here. This time defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% POWER difference between POWER SET POINT Pset and ACTUAL POWER VALUE Pact. The “Calc. pulse (sec)” is modified by the POWER difference in the following way:
Calc. pulse(sec) = Parameter [0928] / 100 × ΔP(%)
with: Parameter [0928]: defined pulse time at 100% power difference, ΔP(%) = Pset(%) – Pact(%)
Example: Typical Setting: 100 sec Parameter [0928] = 100 sec means: If the POWER difference between POWER SET POINT and ACTUAL POWER VALUE is 100% a calc. pulse of 100 seconds will be set. If the POWER difference is 1% then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set. If the POWER difference is positive (Pset > Pact) the n > event [0930] will be activated for the calc. pulse time. If the POWER difference is negative (Pset < Pact) the n < event [0931] will be activated for the calc. pulse time.
0929. - deadband : Deadband of the regulator; if the load difference ΔP(%) = Pset(%) – Pact(%) (set point Pset minus actual measured load of the generator Pact) is under the deadband limit the regulator is idle.
0930. -higher event . Event for speed higher control; this event will be set by the system in case the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to increase the speed. This event can be used to activate a function output.
0931. - lower event . Event for speed lower control; this event will be set by the system in case the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to decrease the speed. This event can be used to activate a function output.
Service Manual
- 68/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0932.AYM. - switch by event : Special application for load sharing regulator; ON/OFF switch of asymmetrical load sharing function; the function for this asymmetrical mode for the load sharing regulator can be switched on and off by setting this event. In the asymmetrical load sharing mode, the regulator uses a fixed-load set point parameter [0934], instead of the average net load. The asymmetrical load mode is allowed if a minimum of two generator sets feeding the BUS and the load limits of parameters [0936] and [0937] are not exceeded. In case of mains parallel operation parameter [0190], asymmetrical load sharing mode is always allowed.
0933. - characteristic : Switch characteristic of asymmetrical load sharing ON/OFF switch parameter [0932]:
“ON -> OFF”: If the event of the asymmetrical load sharing switch set in parameter [0932] is active asymmetrical load sharing function will be switched off.
“OFF -> ON”: If the event of the asymmetrical load sharing switch set in parameter [0932] is active asymmetrical load sharing function will be switched on.
0934. - setpoint : Set point for the asymmetrical load sharing regulator; the range for this set point is 0-200% of the nominal load of the generator. This parameter can be changed also on the load page (Asymm. load).
0935. - analog input : Refer to chapter 2.5 to enable the selected analog input.
NOTE: If this parameter is enabled the setpoint of parameter [0934] is inactive.
“CURR.1 - CURR.4”: Analogous setpoint for the asymmetrical load sharing regulator; the set point for asymmetrical load limit can be set by the analogous input. One of the four analogous inputs of the basic unit can be used to modify the setpoint for the asymmetrical load sharing.
“Net CUR.1 - Net CUR.4”: The setpoint for this mode is zero and the actual value is the analog value. The analog value will be regulated to zero (so the analog value equals the regulator difference). The regulator direction for this mode is always UP (speed higher), in order that the generator should overtake the net power.
0936. - range minimum : 0937. - range maximum :
Minimum and maximum limit for the asymmetrical load sharing mode; if the asymmetrical load sharing is switched on Parameters [0932] and [0933] and if the load of the other generators feeding the same BUS is within the minimum and maximum range limit then the asymmetric mode will be allowed.
0938. - next attempt : If the asymmetrical load sharing mode is active and one of the other generators that is feeding the same BUS exceeds the limits of parameters [0936] and [0937] then the load sharing mode is switching from asymmetric to symmetrical load sharing mode. After the delay time set in parameter [0938], the load sharing regulator tries to switch again into the asymmetrical load sharing mode.
0939. Allowed load difference :
If the difference from the set point to the measured generator load exceeds this limit then
event [0939] will be activated (DNV load sharing supervision rule).
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 69/226 -
0940. - delay : Delay time for parameter [0939]; use this event [0940] to activate an alarm channel.
0941.REGUL. - switch by event : With this function the load sharing regulator can be switched to another break and pulse time. This can be used to change the regulator characteristic for different operations.
0942. - 2. break time : This second break time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0941] is active (Refer to parameter [0927]).
0943. - 2. pulse time : This second pulse time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0941] is active (Refer to parameter [0928]).
0944. ASY. setpoint switch by : With this event switch it is possible to switch between the two setpoint sources (fixed setpoint parameter [0934] or an analog input parameter [0935]) for the asymmetrical load controller. If the event set by parameter [0944] is active and parameter [0935] is set the value from the analog input is the setpoint for the ASY.L.S. Otherwise parameter [0934] is the setpoint.
2490. PTI mode - shaft gen. : This event switch activates the PTI (Power Take In) mode. The PTI mode is a special Load control mode, which can be used to force a shaft generator on a ship to run as a motor, in order to make the ship faster. This switch must be activated only at the device which controls the shaft generator. To activate the PTI mode, all devices in one net must have also the main Load sharing switch enabled (see parameter [0925]). If this switch becomes active the reverse power protection (see chapter 3.6: ANSI 32) on the shaft generator is blocked and all other generators in the same net are running in parallel to the shaft generator the asym. L.S. switch (see parameter [0932]) has no function if the PTI mode is active. There are two modes possible if the PTI mode is active. The PTI mode always starts with the default mode 3:
“MODE 3”: The shaft generator is running as a motor with constant (asym.) reverse power. The setpoint is taken and calculated negative from the asym. load sharing. The other generators in the same net are running in parallel with variable (sym.) load sharing.
“MODE 4”: The shaft generator is running as a motor with variable reverse load sharing the power from the parallel generator with other consumers. The setpoint is the own load, so no regulation is active for the shaft generator. The other generators in the same net are running in parallel with constant (asym.) load. The setpoint is taken from the asym. load sharing.
There is an automatic switching between the two modes:
“MODE 3 -> MODE 4”: If one of the parallel generators exceeds the DG max. limit (see parameter [2491]) and the delay is passed (see parameter [2492]) all generators in the same net will switch to mode 4.
“MODE 4 -> MODE 3”: If the shaft generator exceeds the setpoint for the asym. load sharing and the delay is passed (see parameter [2492]) all generators in the same net will switch back to mode 3. The
Service Manual
- 70/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
actual power of the shaft generator and the setpoint for the asym. load sharing are taken as absolute values for the comparison.
NOTE: The asym. L.S. range supervision (see parameters [0936] and [0937]) is disabled if the PTI mode is active.
2491. - DG max.limit : The parallel generators will supervise this limit for switching from mode 3 to 4.
2492. - delay : Time delay for switching between the two modes
2493. PULSE/PAUSE - diff. limit : This function gives a constant pulse/pause time for the load control. If the actual controller difference exceeds the limit of parameter [2493] the PULSE/PAUSE -function gets active. The function works in all load sharing modes (SYM. and ASYM.). The function is switched off by setting parameter [2493] to zero.
2494. - pulse time :
This parameter defines the definite length of the pulse time for the load control, and in
addition for the load reduction control of the stopping phase (see parameter [0665]).
2495. - pause time :
This parameter defines the definite length of the pause time for the load control, and in
addition for the load reduction control of the stopping phase (sees parameter [0665]).
2496. - block by : This function can be blocked by an event number.
2497. Allowed load diff.2.lim. :
Second limit for the load difference. If the difference from the set point to the measured
generator load exceeds this limit, then event [2498] will be activated after the setted delay
has passed (DNV load sharing supervision rule). Event [2497] is never active. Only event
[2498] will be active on the device (not in the net) if the limit is reached and the delay is
passed.
2498. - delay : Delay time for parameter [2498]; use this event [2498] to activate an alarm channel.
NOTE: The Allowed load diff. functions (parameter [0939] or [2497]) are blocked, if “Load balance after start” (parameter [0189]) is active.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 71/226 -
2.10.4 Frequency controller
The frequency controller parameter contains the settings for regulating the frequency within the BUS section (see figure 2-39). The frequency controller works as a three-point controller. After a certain break time, the difference between the frequency set point and the actual measured frequency will be calculated. With this frequency difference, the pulse time for the speed control will be calculated. The set point for the frequency controller will be calculated from the frequency-load static given by the parameter: idle and full-load frequency. If the frequency difference (set point to actual measured frequency) is lower then the deadband limit then the frequency controller will be blocked.
Figure 2-39 Frequency controller
Parameter description:
0945. - switch by event : ON/OFF switch of frequency control function; all devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation!
0946. - characteristic : Switch characteristic of frequency control ON/OFF switch parameter [0945]:
“ON -> OFF”: If event of parameter [0945] is activated the frequency controller will be switched off.
“OFF -> ON”: If event of parameter [0945] is activated the frequency controller will be switched on.
0947. - idle speed : 0948. - full load :
Set point for frequency control; either a constant frequency (for this, enter the same value in both parameters [0947] and [0948]) or a load depending speed droop can be entered in accordance with the speed controller of the diesel engine.
BACK EXIT
: 0
0946. - characteristic : ON->OFF
0947. - idle speed : 61.00 Hz
0948. - full load : 59.00 Hz
0949. - break time : 20.0 sec
0950. - pulse time : 100.0 sec
0951. - deadband : 0.2 %
0952. - higher event
0953. - lower event
0954.RANGE - maximum : 58.00 Hz
0955. - maximum : 62.00 Hz
0956.REGUL. - switch be event: 0
0957. - 2. break time : 0.0 sec
2420. - 2. pulse time : 0.0 sec
2421.REMOTE - higher event : 0
2422. - lower event : 0
2427.SETPOINT analog input : OFF
0945. – switch by event
FREQUENCY CONTROLLER Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0,00-999,99 Hz
0,00-999,99 Hz
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
--- (Event reminder)
--- (Event reminder)
0,00-999,99 Hz
0,00-999,99 Hz
0-9999 (Event number)
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
OFF/CURR.1-4
Service Manual
- 72/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0949. - break time : Typical setting: 2 sec The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during frequency controlling is set here. At the beginning of the break time, the frequency controller will calculate and set the next pulse (see parameter [0950]).
0950. - pulse time : The pulse characteristic for frequency adjustment during frequency controlling is set here. This time defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% frequency difference. The calc. pulse is modified by the difference between the two frequency inputs in the following way:
Calc. pulse(sec) = Parameter [0950] / 100 × ΔF(%)
with: Parameter [0950]: defined pulse time at 100% frequency difference, ΔF(%): frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 in percent of
nominal
Example: Typical Setting: 100 sec Parameter [0950] = 100 sec means: If the frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 is 100% a calc. pulse of 100 seconds will be set. If the frequency difference is 0.5 Hz (1% at 50 Hz nominal-rated frequency) then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set. If the frequency difference is positive (FFEEDER > FBUS1) the n < event [0953] will be activated for the calc. pulse time. If the frequency difference is negative (FFEEDER < FBUS1) the n > event [0952] will be activated for the calc. pulse time.
0951. - deadband : Deadband of the controller; if the frequency difference (set point to actual measured frequency the generator) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.
0952. - higher event . Event for speed higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to increase the speed. Use this event to activate a function output.
0953. - lower event .. Event for speed lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to decrease the speed. Use this event to activate a function output.
0954. RANGE - maximum : 0955. - minimum :
Operating range for frequency controller, load sharing and load reduction; if the frequency of the BUS exceeds the frequency range given by these parameters then these functions will be blocked.
0956. REGUL. - switch by event : With this function the frequency regulator can be switched to another break and pulse time. This can be used to change the regulator characteristic for different operations.
0957. - 2. break time : This second break time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0956] is active (Refer to parameter [0949]).
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 73/226 -
2420. - 2. pulse time : This second pulse time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0956] is active (Refer to parameter [0950]).
2421. REMOTE - higher event : 2422. - lower event :
Over this events the speed can be remotely controlled (e.g. over binary inputs or communication).
2423. SETPOINT analog input : This parameter enables the frequency controller setpoint over an analog input. The analog input must be enabled and the measure type of the analog input must be set to [%] (see chapter 2.5), otherwise the setpoint will be calculated from P[0947] and P[0948]. The setpoint will be calculated from the nominal frequency parameter [0203]. The full and zero scale of the analog input will act as a limitation.
Service Manual
- 74/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
The figure 2-40 shows the frequency band, including the common limit values and the corresponding restriction, of the frequency controller. When a frequency static is defined (parameter [0947] for idle frequency and parameter [0948] for full-load frequency), then the set point of the controller will depend on the actual load, which is shown with the x-axis of the diagram.
Figure 2-40 Frequency control area
[2005]or
[0264]
f>>stopp
engine
overspeed Synchronizing
blocked
Parameter Frequency
[2002] f>Alarm
[ANSI 59_1
[0954] f>operating limit
[0947] f0
fNorminal[0203]
ffull load[0948]
f<operating limit[0955]
f<(PM)
start standby
diesel
[0908]
[2008] f<alarm
[ANSI 81_1]
f<preferential trip[0679]
f<BUS abnormal[0683]
[2011] f<<trip breaker
[ANSI 81_2]
Synchronisierung
blockiert
Frequency-static
(Droop)OFF with loard
reduction
100%
PW
Operating area for
frequency control
and load sharing
f>BUSabnormal[0682]
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 75/226 -
2.10.5 Voltage regulator
The voltage regulator parameter contains the settings for regulating the voltage within the BUS section (see figure 2-41). The voltage regulator works as a three-point controller. After a certain break time the difference between the voltage set point and the actual measured voltage will be calculated. With this voltage difference, the pulse time for the voltage regulator will be calculated. If the voltage difference (set point to actual measured voltage) is lower then the dead-band limit then the voltage regulator will be blocked.
Figure 2-41 Voltage regulator
Parameter description:
0958. - switch by event : ON/OFF switch of voltage regulator function; all devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation!
0959. - characteristic : Switch characteristic of voltage regulator ON/OFF switch parameter [0958]:
“ON -> OFF”: If event of parameter [0958] is activated the voltage regulator will be switched off.
“OFF -> ON”: If event of parameter [0958] is activated the voltage regulator will be switched on.
0960. - setpoint : Set point for voltage regulator
0961. - break time : Break time for the voltage regulator; the break time is the interval time for the controller. At the beginning of the break time, the pulse duration for the voltage control will be calculated and started.
BACK EXIT
: 1000
0959. - characteristic : ON->OFF
0960. - setpoint : 100.0 %
0961. - break time : 4.0 sec
0962. - pulse time : 3.0 sec
0963. - deadband : 2.0 %
0964. - higher event
0965. - lower event
0966.REMOTE - higher event : 0
0967. - lower event : 0
0968.SETPOINT analog input : OFF
0958. – switch by event
VOLTAGE REGULATOR Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
--- (Event reminder)
--- (Event reminder)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
OFF/CURR.1-4
Service Manual
- 76/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0962. - pulse time : Pulse time of the voltage regulator; the pulse time depends on the difference between the set point and the actual measured voltage of the generator. The voltage control events [0964] and [0965] will be activated as long as the pulse time is running. The pulse time will be calculated as follows:
Pulse time = voltage difference * Parameter [0962] / 100
Set this parameter to the max. time the generator needs to reach the setpoint.
0963. - deadband : Deadband of the controller; if the voltage difference (set point to actual measured generator voltage) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.
0964. - higher event . Event for voltage higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to increase the voltage of the generator. This event is used to activate a function output.
0965. - lower event . Event for voltage lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to decrease the voltage of the generator. This event is used to activate a function output.
0966. REMOTE - higher event : 0967. - lower event :
Over this events the voltage can be remotely controlled (e.g. over binary inputs, or communication).
0968. SETPOINT analog input : This parameter enables the voltage regulator setpoint over an analog input. The analog input must be enabled and the measure type of the analog input must be set to [%], otherwise parameter [0960] will be taken as the valid setpoint. The setpoint will be calculated from the nominal voltage parameter [0201]. The full and zero scale of the analog input works as a limitation.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 77/226 -
Figure 2-42 shows the voltage band, including the common limit values and the corresponding restriction of the voltage regulator.
Figure 2-42 Voltage regulator area
[1606] U>>trip breaker
[ANSI 59_2] Synchronizing
blocked[0684] U>abnormal
[1602] U>Alarm
[ANSI 59_1
[0201] UN
[1102]
[0685]
U<alarm
[ANSI 27_1]
U<abnormal
[1104] f<<trip breaker
[ANSI 27_2]
Synchronizing
blocked
Operating area for
voltage regulator
Parameter Voltage
Service Manual
- 78/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.10.6 Power factor controller
The parameters of the power factor contain the settings for balancing the reactive power load within the BUS section (see figure 2-43). The power factor controller works as a three-point controller. After a certain break time, the difference between the power factor set point and the actual measured power factor will be calculated. With this power factor difference, the pulse time for voltage higher and lower control will be calculated. The set point for the power factor regulator is the average net reactive power when the generators are operating in symmetrical load sharing mode. When the generators are in the asymmetrical load sharing mode, the set point for the power factor regulation is fixed by the setting of parameter [0979]. If the power difference (set point to actual power factor) is lower then the deadband then power factor control is blocked.
Figure 2-43 Power factor controller
Parameter description:
0970. SYM. - switch by event : ON/OFF switch of power factor control function; all devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation!
0971. - characteristic : Switch characteristic of power factor control ON/OFF switch parameter [0970]:
“ON -> OFF”: If the switch event of parameter [0970] turns to active power factor control function will be switched off.
“OFF -> ON”: If the switch event of power factor control turns to active power factor control function will be switched on.
0972. - break time : Break time for the power factor controller; the break time is the interval time for the controller. At the beginning of the break time, the pulse duration for the power factor control will be calculated and started.
BACK EXIT
: 0
0971. - characteristic : ON->OFF
0972. - break time : 5.0 sec
0973. - pulse time : 3.0 sec
0974. - deadband : 2.0 %
0975. - higher event
0976. - lower event
0977.ASYM - switch by event: 0
0978. - characteristic : ON->OFF
0979. - setpoint : 0.80 cap
0980.Controller condition : CAP
0981.Activation current limit : 0 %
0970. – switch by event
POWER FACTOR CONTROLLER Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
--- (Event reminder)
--- (Event reminder)
0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0,00-9,99 cap
CAP/IND
0-100 %
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 79/226 -
0973. - pulse time : Pulse time of the power factor controller; the pulse time depends on the difference between the set point and the actual measured power factor of the generator. The voltage control events [0975] and [0976] will be activated as long as the pulse time is running. Voltage control event [0975] is to increase the voltage (increase the ind. load) and event [0976] to decrease the voltage (increase the capacitive load). The pulse time will be calculated as follows:
Pulse time = power factor difference * Parameter [0973] / 100
Set this parameter to the max. time the generator needs to reach the nominal voltage.
0974. - deadband : Deadband of the controller; if the power factor difference (set point to actual measured power factor of the generator) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.
0975. - higher event . Event for voltage higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the controller is active in combination with the demand to increase the voltage. This event should be used to activate a function output. See parameter [0980] to invert this event.
0976. - lower event . Event for voltage lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the controller is active in combination with the demand to decrease the voltage. This event should be used to activate a function output. See parameter [0980] to invert this event.
0977. ASYM. - switch by event : Special application for power factor controller; ON/OFF switch of asymmetrical power factor function; the function for this asymmetrical mode for the power factor controller can be switched on and off by activating this event. In the asymmetrical mode the power factor controller uses a fixed power factor set point parameter [0979], instead of the average power factor of the net. The asymmetrical PF mode is allowed if at minimum two generator sets feed the BUS.
0978. - characteristic : Switch characteristic of asymmetrical power factor ON/OFF switch parameter [0977]:
“ON -> OFF”: If event of asymmetrical power factor turns to active asymmetrical power factor function will be switched off.
“OFF -> ON”: If event of asymmetrical power factor turns to active asymmetrical load power factor function will be switched on.
0979. - setpoint : Set point for the asymmetrical power factor controller; the range for this set point is 0-100, which is equal to a power factor of 0.00-1.00 (ind). This parameter can be changed also on the load page (Asym. PF).
0980. Controller condition : This parameter defines the regulator direction of the power factor controller (both the symmetrical and the asymmetrical). It simply inverts the output events [0975] and [0976].
0981. Activation current limit : With this parameter a activation limit for the sym. and the asym. controller can be set. The limit refers to the measured generator average current. The other nodes will continue regulating without the deactivate node. This parameter can be disabled by setting it to zero.
Service Manual
- 80/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.10.7 Big consumer request (BCR)
Within the power management function a load controller is available to manage big consumer requests (see figure 2-44). The load controller parameters contain the settings for the request and the control and the release of big consumers within the same BUS section. A maximum of 14 big consumers are managed by one device. After the request of a big consumer, the system checks the spinning reserve (valid load) of the corresponding net. Depending on the value of the spinning reserve, the load controller will start another diesel aggregates or release the big consumer directly. As long as the big consumer request is active, load depending stop of the power management will be blocked.
Figure 2-44 Big consumer request (BCR)-1
Figure 2-45 Big consumer request (BCR)-2
BACK EXIT
: 551
0985. - requested load : 655 kW
0986. - analog feedback: OFF
0987. - reseved :
0988. REQUEST 2 by event : 313
0989. - requested load : 850 kW
0990. - analog feedback: OFF
0991. - reserved :
0992. REQUEST 3 by event : 0
0993. - requested load : 0 kW
0994. - analog feedback: OFF
0984. REQUEST 1 by event
BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR) Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65000 kW
OFF/CURR.1-4
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65000 kW
OFF/CURR.1-4
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65000 kW
OFF/CURR.1-4
BACK EXIT
0995. - reserved :
0996. REQUEST 4 by event : 0
0997. - requested load : 0 kW
0998. - analog feedback: OFF
0999. - reserved :
2370. REQUEST 5 by event : 0
2371. - requested load : 0 kW
2372. REQUEST 6 by event : 0
2373. - requested load : 0 kW
2374. REQUEST 7 by event : 0
2375. - requested : 0 kW
BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR) Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65000 kW
OFF/CURR.1-4
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65000 kW
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65000 kW
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65000 kW
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 81/226 -
Figure 2-46 Big consumer request (BCR)-3
The load controller of the system operates in the following way: After a consumer request, the load
controller evaluates the load of the BUS section, in which the consumer has been requested.
Depending on the load situation, the load controller will release the big consumer directly or after it
has started one or more engines.
The following parameter description refers to Big Consumer Request 1, since each consumer
requests (1-14) have similar parameters with the exception of the event numbers.
The Big Consumer Requests 5-14 have no analog feedbacks.
Release events for Big Consumer Requests 1-4: event numbers: 984,988,992,996. Release events for Big Consumer Requests 5-14: even event numbers: 2370 – 2388.
Not available events for Big Consumer Requests 1-4: event numbers: 986,990,994,998.
Not available events for Big Consumer Requests 5-14: odd event numbers: 2371 – 2389.
Parameter description:
0984. REQUEST 1 by event : Request load-depending connection to Big Consumer 1; select event number (normally a function input) and via it, enter request; the event must be active steadily until the big consumer has been switched on. Should the signal remain on at the input, diesel stop will be blocked. (Use for bow thrusters operation.)
0985. - requested load : Enter power of Consumer 1; if there is sufficient reserve power event [0984] will be set without a delay. If there isn’t sufficient power one or more diesel engines will be started. If after switching on the additional diesel engines sufficient power becomes available event [0984] will be set after the load balancing delay time (set with parameter [0189]). Event [0984] should be put on an output relay. If the power is not available event [0986] will be activated (for alarm).
BACK EXIT
2376. REQUEST 8 by event : 0
2377. - requested load : 0 kW
2378. REQUEST 9 by event : 0
2379. - requested load : 0 kW
2380. REQUEST 10 by event : 0
2381. - requested lead : 0 kW
2382. REQUEST 11 by event : 0
2383. - requested lead : 0 kW
2384. REQUEST 12 by event : 0
2385. - requested lead : 0 kW
2386. REQUEST 13 by event : 0
2387. - requested lead : 0 kW
2388. REQUEST 14 by event : 0
2389. - requested lead : 0 kW
BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR) Setting range:
0-9999 Event number
0-65000 kW
0-9999 Event number
0-65000 kW
0-9999 Event number
0-65000 kW
0-9999 Event number
0-65000 kW
0-9999 Event number
0-65000 kW
0-9999 Event number
0-65000 kW
0-9999 Event number
0-65000 kW
Service Manual
- 82/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0986. - analog feedback : Load state of big consumer during operation; via an analogous input, the load state of the big consumer (actual load referring to nominal load) can be sent to the load controller. With this additional information, the load controller can reserve the required load at the BUS. If the reserved load of the big consumer is higher than the valid load within the BUS section one or more engines will be started, if available. This additional function of the load controller works when the request event [0984] is active.
Use one of the four analogous inputs of the basic unit of the system (Analogue in 4-20 mA). Example: If a 4-20 mA input is selected then an analogous signal of 4 mA means, that no
power of the consumer is in use. 20 mA means, the total power of the consumer parameter [0985] is in use.
NOTE: The feedbacks can be activated with the related parameters [0986], [0990], [0994] or [0998]. The measure type of the selected analog input must be set to "%" or "Load [%]". The reserved power will be calculated from the actual analog input value if the request gets released.
Example for request 1: The requested load (parameter [0985]) is 500 kW. The actual analog input value is 10 %. So, the actual reserved power for this request is 450 kW.
The system collects the feedbacks of all released requests. If another request gets active, the reserved power for all previously released requests are taken into account. This is done by reducing the actual spinning reserve by the amount of all present reserved power for all released requests with analog feedbacks. The spinning reserve display on the PM page shows this reduced value.
The PM load depending starting (only the average load limits) and stopping (only the stop load limit) are also affected by active analog feedbacks. This functions uses a modified actual net load if there are active analog feedbacks in the net. This modified actual net load will be calculated by adding the present reserved power for all released requests to the actual net load. The modified actual net load is not shown on the display, or transferred via communication.
Big consumer requests with analog feedbacks will not block the PM stop condition (parameter [0913])! The present reserved power will be shown on the PM page (same line as NET kW) if there are active analog feedbacks in the net.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 83/226 -
2.10.8 Blackout
The blackout module offers a powerful supervisory system, which is capable of managing all
emergency situations in one net (see figure 2-46).
Figure 2-47 Blackout
Parameter description:
0230. BUS1 - blackout by : Blackout 1 will be recognized if this event is active (e.g. function input).
0231. - mains monitor : Blackout recognition via mains monitor; the mains monitor supervises the BUS1 voltage when this parameter is set to SINGLE or REDUNDANT. Redundancy means that all devices in one net must recognize the BUS1 voltage limit.
0232. - voltage limit : If parameter [0231] is enabled and one of the 3 lines of BUS1 voltage is lower than the limit of parameter [0232] then the mains monitor condition is fulfilled and event [0232] will be set.
0233. - start delay : The delay will start if the blackout event condition [0230] or the mains monitor condition [0232] occurs. If the delay is passed blackout BUS1 start condition is fullfiled and event [0233] will be set.
BACK EXIT
: 0
0231. - mains monitor : REDUNDANT
0232. - voltage limit : 40.0 %
0233. - start delay : 2.0 sec
0234. - start diesel : NEXT
0235. - stop enable by : 2957
0236. - stop delay : 0 sec
0237. BUS 2 – blackout : 0
0238. - mains monitor : ON
0239. - voltage limit : 40.0 %
0240. - start delay : 2.0 sec
0241. - stop enable by : 2957
0242. - stop delay : 0 sec
0243. STOP BUS 1,2 blocked by : 522
0244. STOP preliminary output
0245. START BUS 1 blocked by : 0
0246. START BUS 2 blocked by : 0
0230. BUS 1 – blackou by
BLACHOUT Setting range:
0-9999 Event number
OFF/SINGLE/REDUDUNTDANT
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
ALL/NEXT/OWN/SEQUENCE
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 sec
0-9999 Event number
OFF/ON
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 sec
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
Service Manual
- 84/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0234. - start diesel : The starting mode can be set by this parameter. All devices in one net should have this parameter set to the same value. There are several possibilities according to the mode:
“ALL”: All stand-by diesels will start and close their CBs.
“NEXT”: The first stand-by diesel will start.
“OWN”: The own diesel (if in standby) will start.
“SEQUENCE”: All stand-by diesels will start but only the generator with the highest priority will close its CB. After that, the other generator will cancel the startphase and remain running. If the first generator fails to close its CB within 3 seconds, the generator with the next highest priority has the permission to close its CB.
NOTE: If more than one generator is started (by any source) and no CB is closed in the net a special interlock function becomes active. This function assures that only one generator at the same time has the permission to close the CB. The permission time is limited to 3 seconds. The other generators will remain waiting with blocked synchronic-events [1023],[1053] and[1083].
0235. - stop enable by : 0236. - stop delay :
The stop delay gets activated if parameter [0235] is activated, the diesel is running and Blackout 1 is inactive. If the delay is passed and if Automatic has been selected and if event [0243] is inactive then the “own” diesel will be stopped.
0237. BUS2 - blackout by : Blackout 2 will be recognized if this event is active (e.g. function input).
0238. - mains monitor : Blackout recognition via mains monitor; the mains monitor supervises the BUS2 voltage if parameter [0238] is switched to ON.
0239. - voltage limit : If parameter [0238] is activated and one of the three lines of BUS2 voltage is lower than the limit of parameter [0239] then the mains monitor condition will be fulfilled and event [0239] will be set.
0240. - start delay : The delay will start if the Blackout Event Condition [0237] or the Mains Monitor Condition [0239] occurs. If the delay is over event [0240] will be set and the device will start the “own” diesel (if in stand-by).
0241. - stop enable by : 0242. - stop delay :
The stop delay gets activated if event [0241] is activated, the diesel is running and if Blackout 2 is inactive. If the delay is over and Automatic and event [0243] is inactive, the device will stop the “own” diesel.
0243. STOP BUS1/2 blocked by : The stopping of Blackout 1 or 2 can be blocked with this event.
0244. STOP preliminary output . The event [0244] will be activated if the Delay [0236] or [0242] is passed and the stop is blocked by event [0243] or manual mode.
0245. START BUS1 blocked by : The starting of Blackout 1 can be blocked with this event.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 85/226 -
0246. START BUS2 blocked by : The starting of Blackout 2 can be blocked with this event.
NOTE: For an automatic stop after blackout, it is advisable to use the event [2957] (blackout start source) on parameters [0235] or [0241], because the event [2957] will be set on blackout start and will remain active until the engine is stopped by any source.
Service Manual
- 86/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
For details related to the blackout function, refer to the figure 2-47.
Figure 2-48 Blackout logic
P[2031]: SINGEL/
REDUDANT
³1
&
P[2032]:
Limit erreicht
P[0230]: by event
E [0233]
E[0245] (start
blocked by)
&
&
START OWNAUTOM.
&
P[0234]: ALL/NEXT/SEQUENCE1
P[0234]: OWN
&
P[0234]: ALL/SEQUENCE
&P[0234]: NEXT
≥1 One node by P[0230]
All nodes with REDUDANT: Limit reached
One node with SINGEL Limit
START NEXT
STANDBY
START ALL
STADBYS
All net nodes
Master
CAN 1 Bus
BUS 1
P[0238]: ON
≥1
&
P[2039]:
Limit reached
P[0237]: by event
E [0240]
2
&
AUTOM.
E[0246] (start blocked by)
START OWN
BUS 2
P[0234]: OWN&
1
P[0234]: ALL/NEXT&
No net node with
“Blackou 1“
≥1
&
Enigine running
E[0235] (stop enable by)
P [0236]&
AUTOM.
E[0243] (stop blocked by)
³1
E[0241] (stop enable by
Engine running
2
P [0242]&
AUTOM.
³1
STOP OWN
E[0244]
Preliminary
Output event
Stop 1/2
&
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 87/226 -
2.10.9 Engine control
The diesel control unit of the system controls and supervises the starting and stopping sequences of the aggregate. The diesel control group contains the general parameter for speed adjustment and prelubricating interval (see figure 2-48).
Figure 2-49 Engine control
Parameter description:
0260. Engine control : Main switch for engine control; by setting this parameter to “ON”, the engine control function (starting and stopping of the aggregate) will be activated.
0261. SPEED - nominal : Nominal speed of the engine; the nominal speed of the engine should be given in revolutions per minute (RPM).
0262. - ignition : Ignition speed limit; the ignition speed limit will be used within the starting phase to switch off the start valve when the speed signal exceeds this limit.
0263. - running up : Running-up speed limit; the running-up speed limit will be used within the starting phase to recognize that the engine is ready to take load.
0264. - overspeed : Overspeed limit; the overspeed limit can be used for the alarm system. This event number should be used to activate an alarm channel.
BACK EXIT
: ON
0261. SPEED - nomina : 1800 rpm
0262. - ignition : 15.0 %
0263. - running up : 85.0 %
0264. - overspeed : 150.0 %
0265. TACHO - input : OFF
0266. PICKUP – input : ON
0267. – impuls / rev. : 4
0268. LIMITS – n max. diff. : 10.0 %
0269. - n high limit : 105.0 %
0270. - n low limit : 95.0 %
0271. PRELUBRICATE -pulsetime: 20 sec
0272. -breaktime: 500 sec
0273. Alarmblocking delay : 5.0 sec
0274. ENGINE – speed preset : 0.0 %
0275. - activate by : 0 ev.
0276. MDEC disable Cyl.Cutout: 0 ev.
0277. Ignition by event : 0 ev.
0260. Diesel control
DIESEL CONTROLSetting range:
OFF/ON
0-99999 rpm
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
OFF/CURR.1-4
OFF/ON/IGNITION/BIN.INP.
0-9999 Event number
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0-9999 sec
0-9999 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
Service Manual
- 88/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0265.TACHO - input : Analogous input for speed measurement; if a tacho generator gives the speed signal of the engine one of the four analogous inputs of the basic unit should be used. The adjustment setting of the analogous inputs is done within the parameter group “analog inputs” (see chapter 2.5).
0266. PICKUP - input : 0267. - impuls /rev. :
Pick-up input for speed measurement; if a pick-up system provides the speed signal parameter [0266] should be set to “ON”. The number of impulses the pick-up system recognizes during one revolution has to be set with parameter [0267]. If parameter [0266] is set to “IGNITION” and at the pickup input is a high-signal the device will take the limit from parameter [0262] as the pickup speed value. The pickup input can be used as a common binary input (Event [0266]) if parameter [0266] is set to “BIN.INP”.
0268. LIMITS - n max. diff. : The speed signal can be measured via three speed channels: tacho generator, pick-up system and via the generator voltage signal. Depending on which speed measuring system is active, the speed signals of the respective channel are compared among themselves. When the measured speed signal differs more than this limit, event [0268] will be activated. Use this event number to activate a alarm.
The following two parameters are speed limit events. These events will be activated when
the speed signal fulfills the corresponding conditions. They can be used for alarming.
0269. - n high limit : High speed limit; event [0269] will be activated if the speed signal is higher than this limit.
0270. - n low limit : Low speed limit; event [0270] will be activated if the speed signal is lower than this limit.
0271. PRELUBRICATE - pulsetime : 0272. - breaktime :
Prelubricating interval; for prelubricating the engine a pulse and a break time can be defined. During the prelubricating pulse time, event [0271] is activated. This event has to be used to activate prelubrication via a function output. After the pulse time is passed, the break time will be started. Prelubrication works only in automatic mode. If the mode is started from manual to automatic then prelubricating process will be introduced and started with the pulse time. The following events introduce the prelubrication process.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 89/226 -
0273.Alarmblocking delay : For diesel engines it is necessary to block some alarm channels which are related to engine warnings. The alarm blocking event [0273] will be activated immediately when the speed signal falls below the ignition limit or if the running down phase event [0658] is active or the fixed delay event [0659] is active (see figure 2-49). If the speed signal reaches the ignition limit again event [0273] will be inactive after the setted delay is over.
E[0262]n > ignition
E[0658]Running down rime
P[0273]
E[0659]Stopp fixed delay
³1
E[0273]
Figure 2-50 Alarm blocking logic
0274. ENGINE - speed preset : 0275. - activate by :
The speed will be set to parameter [0274] (in %) if the event set by parameter [0275] gets active. If MDEC is active the speed (analog speed) will be sent to the MDEC unit for the fixed time of 2 sec. After the 2 sec the speed demand will be reset to UP/DOWN. The preset is disabled if parameter [0274] = 0.
0276. MDEC disable Cyl.Cutout : If the event is active the Cyl.Cutout 1+2 of the MDEC Controller are both disabled.
0277. Ignition by event : If the event is active the ignition speed is reached. Parameter [0266] must be set to “OFF” if this parameter [0277] is in use.
Service Manual
- 90/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.10.10 Starting phase
The parameters of the starting phase contain the settings for control and supervision of the engine during the starting phase (see figure 2-50).
Figure 2-51 Starting phase
The starting sequence includes a maximum of five phases (see also figure 2-50):
1. Preglowing time The first phase of the start procedure is used to preglow the engine. This phase can be shortened by an event.
2. Start time After preglowing the engine, the start time is activated. During this period the start valve will be activated to run up the engine. This phase can be shortened by reaching the ignition speed. After reaching the ignition speed, the start valve will be reset.
3. Running-up time The running-up time is a supervision time. If during this period the engine can not reach the running-up speed and minimum voltage limit a fail event will be issued.
4. Ready-to-take-load time After reaching running-up conditions, the ready-to-take-load phase will be started. During this time the engine has to stabilize the speed before starting synchronization + or in case of blackout, the engine has to take the load immediately.
5. Synchronizing period During the synchronizing time, the speed and voltage controller try to synchronize the diesel generator to the BUS. In case both systems are synchronized, the circuit breaker on command will be issued.
BACK EXIT
: 4.0 sec
0631. - shorten by: 0
0632.START VALVE – max trials: 3
0633. - fuel valve: NO
0634. - at PRM=0 : NO
0635. - max time : 5.0 sec
0636. – BREAKTIME : 10.0 sec
0637.RUNNING UP – max time *: 20.0 sec
0638. – min volt. : 90.0 %
0639.READY TO TAKE LOAD time : 3.0 sec
0640.SYNCHRONIZING max time *: 120.0 sec
0641.Start next after 1 trial: NO
0642.Cancel if n > ignition : NO
0643.Cancel start by event : 0
0644.Start counter : 0
0645.All start trials in MANU: NO
0630.PREGLOWING - max time
DIESEL STARTING PHASE Setting range:
0,0-999,9 sec
0-9999
0-999
NO/YES
NO/YES
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
NO/YES/BLACKOUT/NO START
NO/YES
0-9999 Event number
0-65535
NO/YES
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 91/226 -
Parameter description:
0630. PREGLOWING - max time : Preglowing of the engine; this time defines the preglowing period of the engine. The starting phase of the aggregate begins with the preglowing period. After this period the starting valve will be set. If no preglowing time is required the time should be set to zero. If the preglowing time is running event [0630] will be set by the system. This event is used to activate a function output.
0631. - shorten by :
The preglowing period (see parameter [0630]) can be interrupted by an event. If the event
(defined with this parameter) is active the preglowing period will be interrupted and the start
valve will be activated.
0632. START VALVE - max trials : Number of start attempts; if the engine speed is below the ignition limit the start procedure will be separated into three phases: 1. preglowing, 2. the start time (start valve) and if the engine has not reached the ignition speed, 3.the break time. The number of starts to be attempted should be entered here. At the end of the last unsuccessful start attempt, a start fault alarm will be displayed.
0633. - fuel valve :
If a fuel oil valve is in use this parameter has to be set to “ON.” During start or operation of
the diesel engine, the event [0660] is always active. This event becomes inactive within the
stopping phase or if the engine is stopped (see figure 2-56).
E[0262]n > ignition
Startphase
Stopphase
≥1
E[0660]
&
Figure 2-52 Fuel oil valve logic
0634. - at RPM=0 : When the engine speed reaches 0 rpm the start valve can be set.
“YES”: Start process is initialised here when the speed = 0. With this, break time may be prolonged (for electro starters).
“NO”: Start process is initialized at the end of break time even if the diesel engine still operates below ignition speed.
0635. - max time : Maximum energizing time of start relay during start phase; use event [0635] to set the function output for the start relay.
0636. - BREAKTIME : Break time between start attempts during start phase
0637. RUNNING UP - max time * : 0638. - min volt. :
Running-up supervision time; the maximum supervising time allowed between rising above ignition speed and reaching running-up speed should be entered here. The diesel generator is run up if the speed signal is above the running-up limit parameter [0263] and the voltage of the generator is higher than the minimum voltage of parameter [0638].
Service Manual
- 92/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0639. READY TO TAKE LOAD time : After the diesel generator reaches the run-up conditions (see parameters [0637] and [0638]) the ready-to-take-load delay will operate. This time delay is used to stabilize the speed of the engine. After this delay time the next phase of the starting procedure will be introduced (e.g. switch on the synchronizing unit).
0640. SYNCHRONIZING max time * : Synchronizing supervision time; if the diesel generator is ready to take load event [0640] will be activated. With this event one of the 3 synchronizing units can be activated. To supervise the synchronizing phase, a time limit can be entered. If after this time the circuit breaker is not connected to the BUS a start failure will be issued.
0641. Start next after 1.trial :
“NO”: After the last unsuccessful start attempt (see parameter [0632]), the next available diesel engine of the same BUS section will be started.
“YES”: After the first unsuccessful start attempt (see parameter [0632]), the next available diesel engine of the same BUS section will be started.
“BLACKOUT”: After the first unsuccessful start attempt the next generator will be started if Blackout 1 or 2 (event [0233] or [0240]) is active on that device.
“NO START”: no diesel engine will be started in any cases.
0642. Cancel if n > ignition : With this parameter an additional condition for the start phase cancellation can be defined:
“NO”: cancel the start phase if the CB is closed
“YES”: cancel the start phase if the CB is closed and if the speed reaches the ignition limit
0643. Cancel start by event : If this event is active any start will be cancelled or blocked.
0644. Start counter : Counts the start valves (event [0635]); this counter is also shown on the Diesel overview page.
0645. All start trials in MANU : Only one start trial will be executed (without start failure supervision) if this parameter is set on “NO” and a start command is given over the front key and the device is in “MANUAL”. Otherwise all trials are issued (with start failure supervision).
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 93/226 -
2.10.11 Stopping phase
The parameters of the stopping phase include the settings for control and supervision of the engine
during the stopping phase (see figure 2-52).
Figure 2-53 Stopping phase
The stopping sequence includes at maximum four phases (see also figure 3-52):
1. Alarm stop delay This phase will be used to start and connect another diesel aggregate to the BUS before the engine is stopped.
2. Off with load reduction Within this phase, the load of the diesel generator is reduced with the speed lower signal. If the load is under a certain limit the circuit breaker will be disconnected.
3. Running-down phase The running-down phase is a supervision period. During this period, the speed of the engine is reduced via the stop valve output. If the speed signal does not fall below the ignition speed during that time an alarm event will be issued.
4. Stop delay fixed time During the stop delay fixed time the event for the stop valve will be set. This event is used to ensure that the engine reaches zero speed.
Parameter description:
0650. Stop abort if last gen. : Block stop order supervision; this parameter should be set to “YES,” if you want to block the stop order when the corresponding diesel generator is the last aggregate loading the BUS. Stop orders introduced by alarms with any priority and the immediate stop order from the keyboard or by event [0661] will stop the engine regardless of this parameter.
BACK EXIT
: NO
0651.ALARM DELAY - max time: 120.0 sec
0652.LOAD REDUCT. – by event : 511
0653. - loadlimit: 5.0 %
0654. - max time : 20.0 sec
0655. - CB OFF
0656.COOLING DOWN – time : 120.0 sec
0657. – if alarm : NO
0658.RUNNING DOWN – max time : 30.0 sec
0659.FIXED DELAY - time : 10.0 sec
0660.Stop valve event
0661.Emergency stop by event : 517 ev.
0662.Stop interlock by event : 519 ev.
0663.Cancel stop by event : 0 ev.
0664.No abort of stophase : 0 ev.
0665.LOAD RED. Pulse/pause by: 0 ev.
0666.No cooling down phase : 0 ev.
0650.Stop abort if last gen
DIESEL STARTING PHASESetting range:
YES/ON
0,0-999,9 sec
0-9999
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
Event number
0,0-999,9 sec
YES/ON
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 sec
Event number
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
Service Manual
- 94/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0651.ALARM DELAY - max time : Stop delay time; if an alarm (see chapter 1.3) with priority 2, 6, 8 or 9 introduces a stop of the engine the beginning of the stopping phase can be delayed with this delay time. This period of time is used to start and connect another diesel generator to the BUS. The alarm delay maximum time can be shortened if another diesel generator is connected to the BUS before this time has passed.
0652. LOAD REDUCT. - by event : The load reduction phase will be introduced automatically within the stopping phase. If another event activates the load reduction function (e.g. off-switch at the front door of the cubical) then the event number should be set here. Event [0652] is also the speed lower event and can be used on an binary output.
0653. - loadlimit : Load limit for load reduction function; during the off with load reduction phase, the speed lower event will be set by the system until the load of the diesel generator is below this limit. Then the circuit breaker will be disconnected.
0654. - max time : Maximum time for load reduction phase; if the load reduction phase is not finished within this supervision time, a failure event will be issued.
0655. - CB OFF . Event for circuit breaker OFF command; this event number can be used to give out the circuit breaker OFF command.
0656. COOLING DOWN - time : If the load reduction phase is finished the cooling down of the engine will be introduced. A period of time in which the engine should cool down with nominal speed should be entered here.
0657. - if alarm : If an alarm with priority 2, 6 or 8 activates the stopping of the engine the user can decide whether or not the cooling down period of the engine will also be activated.
0658. RUNNING-DOWN - max time : Running-down supervision time; a supervision period in which the speed of the engine should fall below the ignition speed limit while the stop valve is active should be entered here.
0659. FIXED DELAY - time : Stop delay fixed time; if the speed signal is lower then the ignition speed limit the stop delay fixed time starts. During this period the stop valve will be activated.
0660. Stop valve event . Event number for stop valve; this event number is used to activate a function output that is connected to the stop valve (relay).
0661. Emergency stop by event : If the event (e.g. a function input) becomes active an emergency stop will be introduced.
0662. Stop interlock by event : If the event (e.g. a function input) is active all stop sources will be blocked (even alarm stops), with the exception of emergency stops by key or by event [0661].
0663. Cancel stop by event : If this event is active any stop (even emergency stops) will be cancelled or blocked.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 95/226 -
0664. No abort of stopphase : An interruption of any stop phase (through any start source) is not possible if the event set under parameter [0664] is active. Furthermore all starts are blocked.
0665. LOAD RED. pulse/pause by : The pulse/pause function for the load reduction phase can be enabled with this event switch. The pulse/pause times will be taken from the Load sharing parameters [2494] and [2495] (must be greater zero!). The function works in all Load reduction modes (within the stop phase, or “by event”). Event [0652] (n<) will be filtered by the event history.
0666. No cooling down phase : If active, no cooling down phase will be introduced.
Service Manual
- 96/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 2-54 Starting procedure of the diesel generator
AL
AR
M B
LO
CK
ING
OP
ER
AT
OIN
/
SY
NC
HR
ON
I. W
OR
KIN
G
PR
EG
LO
W T
IME
[630]
RU
NN
ING
UP
SU
PE
RV
ISE
D T
IME
(2)
[637]
ST
AR
T T
IME
(1)
[635]
WA
ITIN
G F
OR
TA
KE
LO
AD
TIM
E
[659]
SY
NC
HR
ON
ISIN
G S
UP
ER
VIS
ED
TIM
E (
2)
[640]
AL
AR
M B
LO
CK
ING
R
EL
EA
SE
RA
TE
D
SP
EE
D / V
OL
TA
GE
IM
ME
DIA
TE
ST
AR
T
ST
AR
T
SP
EE
D / %
OV
ER
SP
EE
D [
26
4]
NO
MIN
AL
RA
TE
D S
PE
ED
10
0%
[2
61
]
RU
NN
ING
UP
SP
EE
D [
26
3]
IGN
ITIO
N S
PE
ED
[2
62
]
EV
EN
TS
(O
UT
PU
TS
):
t (T
IME
)
[63
5]
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y S
TO
P
ST
OP
VA
LV
E
BO
OS
TE
R V
AL
VE
S
PR
EG
LO
W
FU
EL
VA
LV
E
ST
AR
T V
AL
VE
BR
EA
KE
R O
N N
EX
T D
IES
EL
BR
EA
KE
R O
FF
PR
EL
UB
RIC
AT
ION
FE
ED
BA
CK
BR
EA
KE
R O
N
n<
(S
PE
ED
LO
WE
R)
[63
5]
[63
0]
[63
5]
[66
0]
[66
1]
[xx
x]
[65
5]
[27
1]
[11
3]
[65
2]
[27
3]
DIS
PL
AY
IN
DIC
AT
ION
S
TA
RT
VA
LV
E
(BR
EA
K T
IME
) P
RE
GL
OW
ING
R
EA
DY
TO
TA
KE
LO
AD
R
UN
NIN
G U
P
AL
L N
OT
ES
IN
BR
AC
KE
TS
AR
E R
EF
ER
ING
TO
TH
E P
AR
AM
ET
ER
RE
CO
RD
OF
SY
MA
P®
2)
EV
EN
T I
S A
CT
IVE
AS
LO
NG
AC
TIV
E A
S T
HE
BR
EA
KE
R IS
CL
OS
ED
1)
A. C
. B
. O
FF
WIT
H L
OA
D R
ED
UC
TIO
N IS
AS
LO
NG
AC
TIV
E A
S T
HE
BR
EA
KE
R IS
SW
ITC
HE
D O
FF
DIE
SE
L
OP
ER
AT
ION
BR
EA
KE
R
ON
TIM
E F
OR
RE
LE
AS
E A
LA
RM
BL
OC
KIN
G
[273]
~ ~
3)
3)
GE
NE
RA
TO
R V
OL
TA
GE
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 97/226 -
Figure 2-55 Stopping procedure of the diesel generator
AL
.2 S
TO
P D
EL
AY
TIM
E
[651]
OF
F W
ITH
LO
AD
RE
DU
CT
ION
[655]
CO
OL
ING
DO
WN
TIM
E
[656]
RU
NN
ING
DO
WN
SU
PE
RV
ISE
TIM
E (
2)
[658]
ST
OP
DE
LA
Y F
IXE
D T
IME
[659]
IMM
ED
IAT
E
ST
OP
BR
EA
KE
R
OF
F
DE
LA
YE
D
ST
OP
DE
LA
YE
D
AL
AR
M S
TO
P
SP
EE
D / %
OV
ER
SP
EE
D [
26
4]
NO
MIN
AL
RA
TE
D S
PE
ED
10
0%
[2
61
]
RU
NN
ING
UP
SP
EE
D [
26
3]
IGN
ITIO
N S
PE
ED
[2
62
]
EV
EN
TS
(O
UT
PU
TS
):
t (T
IME
)
[6
35
]
ST
OP
FIX
ED
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y S
TO
P
ST
OP
VA
LV
E
BO
OS
TE
R V
AL
VE
S
PR
EG
LO
W
FU
EL
VA
LV
ES
ST
AR
T V
AL
VE
BR
EA
KE
R O
N N
EX
T D
IES
EL
BR
EA
KE
R O
FF
PR
EL
UB
RIC
AT
ION
FE
ED
BA
CK
BR
EA
KE
R O
N
n<
(S
PE
ED
LO
WE
R)
AL
AR
M B
LO
CK
ING
[6
35
+ 6
37
]
[6
30
]
[6
35
]
[6
60
]
[6
61
]
[x
xx
]
[6
55
]
[2
71
]
[1
13
]
[6
52
]
[2
73
]
1)
2)
2)
DIS
PL
AY
IN
DIC
AT
ION
L
OA
D 1)
RE
DU
CT
ION
A
LA
RM
2 D
LE
AY
R
UN
NIN
G D
OW
N
CO
OL
ING
DO
WN
AL
L N
OT
ES
IN
BR
AC
KE
TS
AR
E R
EF
ER
ING
TO
TH
E P
AR
AM
ET
ER
RE
CO
RD
OF
SY
MA
P®
2)
EV
EN
T I
S A
CT
IVE
AS
LO
NG
AC
TIV
E A
S T
HE
BR
EA
KE
R IS
CL
OS
ED
1)
A. C
. B
. O
FF
WIT
H L
OA
D R
ED
UC
TIO
N IS
AS
LO
NG
AC
TIV
E A
S T
HE
BR
EA
KE
R IS
SW
ITC
HE
D O
FF
Service Manual
- 98/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2.10.12 Preferential trip limits/Abnormal BUS condition
With the parameter group “preferential trip limits,” the conditions for non-essential consumer trip and abnormal BUS situation can be defined (see figure 2-55).
Figure 2-56 Preferential trip limits
Parameter description:
Preferential trip settings [0670] to [0681]:
0670. HIGH CURRENT - 1. limit :
Setting of the first current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
current reaches this limit event [0670] will be activated.
0671. - delay : If event [0670] is active and this delay time is passed event [0671] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0670] (including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.
0672. - 2. limit :
Setting of the second current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
current reaches this limit event [0672] will be activated.
0673. - delay : If event [0672] is active and this delay time is passed event [0673] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0672] (including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.
0674. - 3. limit :
Setting of the third current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
current reaches this limit event [0674] will be activated.
BACK EXIT
: 70.0 %
0671. - delay : 30.0 sec
0672. – 2. limit : 75.0 %
0673. - delay : 15.0 sec
0674. - 3. limit : 80.0 %
0675. - delay : 5.0 sec
0676. – 4. limit : 0.0 %
0677. – delay : 0.0 sec
0678. LOW FREQUENENCY - limit : 0.0 %
0679. - delay : 0.0 sec
0680. HIGH LOAD - limit : 0.0 %
0681. - delay : 0.0 sec
0682. BUS1 ABNORM.- overfreq. : 51.50 Hz
0683. - underfreq : 48.50 HZ
0684. - overvolt. : 105.0 %
0685. - undervolt : 95.0 %
0686. - delay : 10.0 sec
0687. PREF.TRIP -check limits : NET
0670. HIGH CURRENT – 1. limit
PREFERTIAL TRIP LIMITSSetting range:
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,00-99,99 Hz
0,00-99,99 Hz
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
OWN/NET
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 99/226 -
0675. - delay : If event [0674] is active and this delay time is passed event [0675] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0674] (including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.
0676. - 4. limit :
Setting of the fourth current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
current reaches this limit event [0676] will be activated.
0677. - delay : If event [0676] is active and this delay time is passed event [0677] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0676] (including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.
0678. LOW FREQUENCY - limit :
Setting of the low frequency limit event for preferential trip purpose; this limit will only be
checked if the CB is closed. If the actual measured frequency falls below this limit event
[0678] will be activated.
0679. - delay : If event [0678] is active and this delay time is passed event [0679] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0678] (including 0.1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.
0680. HIGH LOAD - limit :
Setting of the high load limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
power reaches this limit event [0680] will be activated.
0681. - delay : If event [0680] is active and this delay time is passed event [0681] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0680] (including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.
0687. PREF.TRIP - check limits : This parameter is related to the limits [0670] to [0681], not to the abnormal BUS limits.
“OWN”: check only the own device
“NET”: check all devices in the same net
Abnormal BUS1 settings [0682] to [0686]:
0682. BUS1 ABNORM. - overfreq. :
Setting of the overfrequency limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured
BUS1 frequency reaches this limit event [0682] will be activated.
0683. - underfreq :
Setting of the underfrequency limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual
measured BUS1 frequency falls below this limit event [0683] will be set.
0684. - overvolt. :
Setting of the overvoltage limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured
BUS1 voltage reaches this limit event [0684] will be activated.
0685. - undervolt :
Setting of the under voltage limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured
BUS1 voltage falls below this limit event [0685] will be activated.
Service Manual
- 100/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0686. - delay :
If one of the above conditions (events [0682] to [0685]) is active and this delay time is
passed then event [0686] will be activated. Use this event number for abnormal BUS alarm.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 101/226 -
2.10.13 Additional limits
With these additional limits the user can define further events for his application (see figure 2-56). The time delays of these limits are not as exact as the delay time of the ANSI devices.
Figure 2-57 Additional limits
Parameter description:
0280. OVERSPEED - limit :
Setting of an additional overspeed limit; if the actual measured speed signal exceeds this
limit event [0280] will be activated.
0281. - delay : If event [0280] is active and this delay time is passed event [0281] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0280] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0282. OVERVOLTAGE - limit :
Setting of an additional overvoltage limit; if the actual measured voltage exceeds this limit,
event [0282] will be activated.
0283. - delay : If event [0282] is active and this delay time is passed event [0283] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0282] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0284. OVERCURRENT - limit :
Setting of an additional over current limit; if the actual measured current exceeds this limit
event [0284] will be activated.
BACK EXIT
: 105.0 %
0281. - delay: 0.5 sec
0282. OVERVOLTAGE – limit: 115.0 %
0283. - delay: 2.5 sec
0284. OVERCURRENT - limit: 90.0 %
0285. - delay: 2.5 sec
0286. OVERLOAD (OWN) – limit: 95.0 %
0287. – delay: 0.5 sec
0288. OVERLOAD (NET) - limit: 85.0 %
0289. - delay: 0.5 sec
0290. PF CAP. LOW - limit: 0.75
0291. - delay: 4.0 sec
0292. PE IND. LOW - limit: 0.75
0293. - delay: 4.0 sec
0294. REVERSE POWER - limit: 10.0 %
0295. - delay: 0.5 sec
0296. REACT.POWER IND.- limit: 40.0 %
0297. - delay: 0.5 sec
0298. NETLOAD excl.OWN- limit: 10.0 %
0299. - delay: 0.5 sec
0280. OVERSPEED - limit
ADDITIONAL LIMITSSetting range:
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,00-1,00
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,00-1,00
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
0,0-999,9 %
0,5…999,9 sec (0,5 sec steps)
Service Manual
- 102/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0285. - delay : If event [0284] is active and this delay time is passed event [0285] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0284] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0286. OVERLOAD (OWN) - limit :
Setting of an additional overload limit; if the actual measured load of the feeder exceeds this
limit event [0286] will be activated.
0287. - delay : If event [0286] is active and this delay time is passed event [0287] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0286] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0288. OVERLOAD (NET) - limit :
Setting of an additional overload limit; if the actual measured load of the BUS section (net)
exceeds this limit event [0288] will be activated.
0289. - delay : If event [0288] is active and this delay time is passed event [0289] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0288] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0290. PF CAP. LOW - limit :
Setting of a capacitive power factor limit; if the actual measured capacitive power factor
falls below this limit event [0290] will be activated.
0291. - delay : If event [0290] is active and this delay time is passed event [0291] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0290] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0292. PF IND. LOW - limit :
Setting of a inductive power factor limit; if the actual measured inductive power factor falls
below this limit event [0292] will be activated.
0293. - delay : If event [0292] is active and this delay time is passed event [0293] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0292] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0294. REVERSE POWER - limit :
Setting of an additional reverse power limit; if the actual measured reverse power exceeds
this limit event [0294] will be activated.
0295. - delay : If event [0294] is active and this delay time is passed event [0295] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0294] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0296. REACT.POWER IND. - limit :
Setting of a reactive inductive power limit; if the actual measured reactive power (inductive
area only) exceeds this limit event [0296] will be activated.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 103/226 -
0297. - delay : If event [0296] is active and this delay time is passed event [0297] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0296] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
0298. NETLOAD excl.OWN - limit : Setting of a special overload limit; if the actual measured load of the BUS section (net), without the own load, exceeds this limit, event [0298] will be activated. This event can be used to cancel a stopping phase if the future net load becomes to high, during load reduction. For this purpose set event [0298] on parameter [0187] (remote start) and the device will make a restart of the engine.
0299. - delay : If event [0298] is active and this delay time is passed event [0299] will be activated.
Service Manual
- 104/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3 Relay settings
Figures 3-1 to 3-3 show the ANSI device list, a list of the relay protection functions of which SYMAP® is capable.
Figure 3-1 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-1
Figure 3-2 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-2
SYSTEM ALARMS EXIT
24 Overexcitation relay
25 /A Synchronizing relay
27 Undervoltage relay
27 B Bus undervoltage relay
32 Overload relaqy
37 Undercurrent relay (motor)
40 Q Loss of exitation relay
46 Reverse phase relay
47 Phase sequence voltage relay
49 Thermal overload
50BF Breaker failure
15 Matching device (motorpoti)
ANSI-DEVICE LIST
SYSTEM ALARMS EXIT
50 Instantaneous overcurrent
50G/N Instant. Ground overcurrend
51 AC time overcurerend
51G/N AC time ground overcurrent
51LR Locked rotor (motor)
59 Overvoltage relay
59 B BUS overvoltage relay
61/59N Overvoltage ground relay
66 Start inhibit (motor)
67 AC directional overvoltage
67GS/GD AC directionald graund relay
78 Vector surge supervision
ANSI-DEVICE LIST
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 105/226 -
Figure 3-3 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-3
SYSTEM ALARME ENDE
78 S Out of step tripping
79 AC reclosing relay
81 Frequency relay
81 B BUS frequency relay
86 Lockout relay
87 Differential protection
87N Restrict earth fault relay
94 Supervision relay
95i Inrush blocking relay
FF Fuse failurte (voltages)
AL Auxiliary limits
CW Contact wear measurement
ANSI-DEVICE LIST
Service Manual
- 106/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.1 ANSI 15 – Matching device (motorpoty)
With this functions it is possible to convert the speed and voltage binary event signals (UP/DOWN) from any sources to analog values, and proceed them to analog outputs or to the PWM output, in order to perform an analog regulation. The sources of binary event signals are all three-point-regulators (Load sharing, Frequency controller, Voltage regulation...), and any other sources, like communication, manual, binary inputs.
NOTE: This function is only operating with SYMAP® XG/BCG!
Figure 3-4 ANSI 15-1
Figure 3-5 ANSI 15-2
BACK EXIT
: ANALOG
1026. - convert pulse: 1 sec= 1.0 mA
1027. – output preset : 90.0 %
1028. - activate preset by: 524
1097. - PWM frequency : 500 Hz
1098. - PWM amplitude max : 100.0 %
1099. - PWM amplitude min : 0.0 %
1055. VOLTAGE device enable : OFF
1056. - convert pulse: 1 sec= 1.5 mA
1057. - output preset : 95.0 %
1025. SPEED device enable
ANSI 15 Matching device (motorpoti)Setting range:
*
0.0-999.9 mA (% for PWM)
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999
5-5000 Hz
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
OFF/ON/INVERT
0.0-999.9 mA
0.0-999.9 %
*OFF/ANALOG/ANA.INVERT/PWM/
PWM INVERT/CAN BUS
BACK EXIT
1058. - activate preset by: 526
1280.SPEED – Regulation : OFF
1281. – match.device max: 120.0 %
1282. - match.device min: 80.0 %
1283. - Droop : 4.0 %
1284. - PID regulator : OFF
1285. - PID regulator Kp: 0.80
1286. - PID regulator Tn: 2000 ms
1287. - PID regulator Tv: 30 ms
1288. - output fullscale: 75.0 %
ANSI 15 Matching device (motorpoti)Setting range:
0-9999
OFF/ON
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
OFF/ON
0.0-655.34
0.0-65535 ms
0.0-65535 ms
0.0-999.9 %
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 107/226 -
Figure 3-6 ANSI 15-3
Parameter description:
1025. SPEED device enable : Fixed switch to enable the device for different hardware outputs:
“OFF”: the function is disabled.
“ANALOG”: the function is routed to the analog outputs.
“ANA.INVERT”: the function is routed to the analog outputs and the output is inverted.
“PWM”: the function is routed to the PWM output.
“PWM INVERT”: the function is routed to the PWM output and the output is inverted.
„CAN BUS“: the function is routed to the CANBUS.
NOTE: For “ANALOG” and “ANA.INVERT” the related analog output must be set to “Speed ctrl” (see chapter 2.7). For “PWM” and “PWM INVERT” a special hardware edition is required. Contact the manufacturer for this function.
1026. - convert pulse : Converts a pulse of 1 sec to mA (or to % if PWM is used) according to this parameter; the pulses for the speed device comes from several functions. These functions are: the sync. units, load sharing, freq. controller, load reduction, binary inputs, communication, and the load page (manual speed control).
1027. - output preset : 1028. - activate preset by :
As long as the event (parameter [1028]) is active, the analog output (or PWM) will be set to parameter [1027].
NOTE: Also on Power-ON this preset will be executed so parameter [1027] should be set to a significant value (if the speed device is to be used).
1097. - PWM frequency : If PWM is used, the static PWM frequency have to be set with this parameter.
1098. - PWM amplitude max : 1099. - PWM amplitude min :
If PWM is used, the static max/min values for the PWM voltage signal amplitude have to be set with this parameters. The max. value is 100.0 % = 10 V.
BACK EXIT
1289. - output zeroscale: 25.0 %
1290.VOLT. – Regulation : OFF
1291. – match.device max: 120.0 %
1292. - match.device min: 80.0 %
1293. - Droop : 4.0 %
1294. - PID regulator : OFF
1295. - PID regulator Kp: 0.80
1296. - PID regulator Tn: 2000 ms
1297. - PID regulator Tv: 30 ms
1298. - output fullscale: 75.0 %
1299: - output zeroscale: 25.0 %
ANSI 15 Matching device (motorpoti)Setting range:
0.0-999.9 %
OFF/ON
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
OFF/ON
0.01-99.99
0.0-65000 ms
0.0-65000 ms
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
Service Manual
- 108/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1055. VOLTAGE device enable : Fixed switch to enable the device; to use the voltage device also an analog output must be set to “Volt. ctrl” (see chapter 2.7). With “INVERT” it is possible to invert the output behavior of the device.
1056. - convert pulse : Converts a pulse of 1 sec to mA according to this parameter; the pulses for the voltage device comes from several functions. These functions are: the sync. units, voltage controller, power factor controller, binary inputs, communication, and the load page (manual voltage control).
1057. - output preset : 1058. - activate preset by :
See parameters [1027] and [1028].
With the following parameters an additional real time speed and voltage regulation can be activated. Only the parameters for the speed regulation [1280] to [1289] are explained here, because these parameters are the same as for the voltage regulation [1290] to [1299].
1280. SPEED - Regulation : Fixed switch to enable the additional real time speed regulation. The parameters [1281] to [1289] have absolutely no effect if this parameter [1280] is set to OFF.
1281. - match.device max : 1282. - match.device min :
With these parameters the analog value of the speed matching device must be adapted to the feedback value. The analog value can be seen as the output of an integrator. The feedback value is the actual measured speed (rpm or Hz).
Example: If the generator can operate only in the range of 40-60 Hz, and the nominal frequency is 50 Hz, than set this parameters to 80-120 %.
NOTE: If parameter [1280] is set to OFF, the min-max limitations are internally set to 0-100 %.
1283. - Droop : With this parameter a droop influence can be set. The droop is reducing the setpoint if the measured power is rising. If the power is 100 % or above, the set point will be reduced by max. the amount of parameter [1283]. If the power is 0%, the set point is not influenced at all. For the speed regulation the active power is taken into account and for the voltage regulation the reactive power. This parameter can be set to 0 %, if no droop influence is needed.
1284. - PID regulator : Fixed switch to enable or bypass the additional real time speed regulation with a PID regulator. The parameters [1285] to [1287] have absolutely no effect if this parameter [1284] is set to OFF. The output of the PID regulator is limited by the min-max values of the parameters [1281] and [1282]. The preset function of the parameters [1027] and [1028] is also working on the PID regulator.
1285. - PID regulator Kp : The Kp value represents the gain of the PID regulator. The gain influences the integration (I) and the differentiation (D) of the PID regulator. Higher values results in a more dynamic performance of the regulator.
1286. - PID regulator Tn : The Tn value represents the integration time of the PID regulator. Smaller values results in a more dynamic performance of the regulator.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 109/226 -
1287. - PID regulator Tv : The Tv value represents the differentiation time of the PID regulator. Higher values results in a more dynamic performance of the regulator.
1288. - output fullscale : 1289. - output zeroscale :
With these parameters the regulator value must be adapted to the hardware output (analog output or PWM). The regulator value is the output of the PID regulator, or (if bypassed with parameter [1284]), the output of the matching device.
Example: If the analog output should operate only in the range of 5- 15 mA (45-55 Hz), then set this parameters to 25-75 % (5 mA = 25 % and 15 mA=75 %).
Refer to the Figures 3-7 and 3-8 for a schematic overview on the speed and voltage regulation.
Service Manual
- 110/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-7 ANSI 15 – Speed regulation
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 111/226 -
Figure 3-8 ANSI 15 – Voltage regulation
Service Manual
- 112/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.2 ANSI 24 – Overexcitation Relay
Figure 3-9 ANSI 24
Parameter description:
1090. Overexcitation relay : If the over excitation relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1091. - U/F Limit value :
Limit setting of over excitation relay; if the relation between voltage and frequency exceeds
this limit event [1091] will be activated.
Example: If the voltage of the generator is 100 % of the nominal rated voltage and the
generator frequency is 98 % of nominal rated frequency then the difference is 2 %, which
will be compared with this parameter. If the actual measured difference exceeds the limit
value of parameter [1091] then event [1091] will be activated.
1092. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1901]; if event [1091] is active and this delay time is passed then event [1092] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1091]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1093. - min. voltage : Minimum voltage for relay operation; to secure a reliable relay function, the voltage limit of this parameter must exceed the limit to enable the protection function.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1091. - U/F Limit value : 25.0 %
1092. – delay time(definite): 2.0 sec
1093. - min. voltage : 70.0 %
1090. Overexcitation relay
ANSI 24 Overexcitation relaySetting range:
ON/OFF
0,0-99,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-99,9 %
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 113/226 -
3.3 ANSI 25 /A – Automatic Synchronizing
Automatic synchronizing operates when two AC circuits are within the desired limits of frequency,
phase angle and voltage range, allowing these two circuits to parallel one another.
SYMAP® provides three automatic synchronizing units:
1. sync. unit 1 is responsible for the synchronization of the FEEDER BUS to BUS1;
2. sync. unit 2 is responsible for the synchronization of the FEEDER BUS to BUS2, and
3. sync. unit 3 is responsible for the synchronization of BUS1 and BUS2.
The synchronizing units are laid out redundant. Two processor systems are responsible for control
and the supervision of the main breaker-on contact of the synchronizing unit.
NOTE: About the calibration parameters [0042] to [0044] you can put the respective
synchronizing units 1 to 3 properly. On this occasion, the phase corner is calibrated to
neutralise the phase displacement. However, the calibration can occur only about the
parametertool (see Parametertool, chapter 2.4.4).
If SYMAP® is just used for ANSI 25 synchronizing check, only the following parameters are
required for setup:
sync. unit 1: parameters [1000] to [1007] and [1023]
sync. unit 2: parameters [1030] to [1037] and [1053]
sync. unit 3: parameters [1060] to [1067] and [1076]
SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 1 (FEEDER BUS to BUS1) (figures 3-10 and 3-11):
Figure 3-10 ANSI 25/A-1
BACK EXIT
: 0
1001. - MAX phase anlage : 8 deg
1002. – MAX frequency diff. : 150 mHz
1003. - MIN frequency : 99,0 %
1004. - MAX frequency : 101,0 %
1005. - MAX voltage diff. : 5,0 %
1006. - MIN voltage : 95,0 %
1007. - MAX voltage : 105,0 %
1008. - freq.st.pulse time : 100,0 sec
1009. - freq.st.break time : 2,0 sec
1010. - speed push after 10s: 500 ms
1011. - volt.set.pulse time : 180,0 sec
1000. Sync. Unit 1 active by
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relaySetting range:
Eventnummer
0-30 deg
0-2000 mHz
70,0-100,0 %
100,0-130,0 %
0,1-30,0 %
70,0-100,0 %
100,0-130,0 %
0,1-999,9 s
0,1-999,9 s
0-9999 ms
0,1-999,9 s
Service Manual
- 114/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-11 ANSI 25/A-2
SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 2 (FEEDER BUS to BUS2) (figures 3-12 and 3-13):
Figure 3-12 ANSI 25/A-3
BACK EXIT
1012. - volt.set.brak time : 0,5 sec
1013. – freq. higher event
1014. – freq. lower event
1015. - volt. higher event
1016. - volt. lower event
1017. - phose regu.active at : 120 mHz
1018. - phase 360 deg pulse : 1,00 sec
1019. - closing direction : DOWN
1020. - CB closing delay : 50 ms
1021. - live/dead cond. check: ON
1022. - min voltage leve : 10,0 %
1023. - CB sync. ON event
1024. - abnormal bus 1 event
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relaySetting range:
0,1-999,9 sec
Even reminder for output
Even reminder for output
Even reminder for output
Even reminder for output
0-9999 mHz*
0,01-655,34 sec
UP/DOWN/BOTH
0-1000 ms
ON/OFF
0,0-99,9 %
Even reminder for output
Even reminder for output
*must be lower than
Parameter [P1002]
BACK EXIT
: 0
1031. - MAX phase anlage : 8 deg
1032. – MAX frequency diff. : 200 mHz
1033. - MIN frequency : 99,0 %
1034. - MAX frequency : 101,0 %
1035. - MAX voltage diff. : 5,0 %
1036. - MIN voltage : 95,0 %
1037. - MAX voltage : 105,0 %
1038. - freq.st.pulse time : 100,0 sec
1039. - freq.st.break time : 2,0 sec
1040. - speed push after 10s: 500 ms
1041. - volt.set.pulse time : 10,0 sec
1030. Sync. Unit 2 active by
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relaySetting range:
Event number
0-30 deg
0-2000 mHz
70,0-100,0 %
100,0-130,0 %
0,1-30,0 %
70,0-100,0 %
100,0-130,0 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
0-9999 ms
0,1-999,9 sec
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 115/226 -
Figure 3-13 ANSI 25/A-4
SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 3 (BUS1 to BUS 2) (figures 3-14 and 3-15):
Figure 3-14 ANSI 25/A-5
BACK EXIT
1042. - volt.set.brak time : 2,0 sec
1043. – freq. higher event
1044. – freq. lower event
1045. - volt. higher event
1046. - volt. lower event
1047. - phose regu.active at : 30 mHz
1048. - phase 360 deg pulse : 0.10 sec
1049. - closing direction : DOWN
1050. - CB closing delay : 50 ms
1051. - live/dead cond. check: ON
1052. - min voltage leve : 10,0 %
1053. - CB sync. ON event
1054. - abnormal bus 2 event
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relayEinstellungsbereiche:
0,1-999,9 sec
Event reminder for outpot
Event reminder for outpot
Event reminder for outpot
Event reminder for outpot
0-9999 mHz
0,01-655,34 sec
UP/DOWN/BOTH
0-1000 ms
ON/OFF
0,0-99,9 %
Event reminder for outpot
Event reminder for outpot
BACK EXIT
: 0
1061. - MAX phase anlage : 8 deg
1062. – MAX frequency diff. : 200 mHz
1063. - MIN frequency : 99,0 %
1064. - MAX frequency : 101,0 %
1065. - MAX voltage diff. : 5,0 %
1066. - MIN voltage : 95,0 %
1067. - MAX voltage : 105,0 %
1068. - freq.st.pulse time : 100,0 sec
1069. - freq.st.break time : 2,0 sec
1070. - speed push after 10s: 500 ms
1071. - volt.set.pulse time : 10,0 sec
1060. Sync. Unit 3 active by
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relaySetting range:
Event number
0-30 deg
0-2000 mHz
70,0-100,0 %
100,0-130,0 %
0,1-30,0 %
70,0-100,0 %
100,0-130,0 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
0-9999 ms
0,1-999,9 s
Service Manual
- 116/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-15 ANSI 25/A-6
Parameter description:
The following parameter descriptions correspond to Synchronizing Unit 1 (feeder to BUS1). Synchronizing Units 2 and 3 have the same parameters and differ only in their parameter and event numbers (see also description of synchronizing page within the user’s manual).
1000. Sync. Unit 1 active by : To activate the Synchronizing Unit No.1, an event number (e.g. binary input event) must be set. If this event number is active the synchronizing window appears and the synchronizer with its frequency and voltage controller is operative. If the Synchronizing Unit is active then the Synchronizing Site is indicated (see also chapter 2.4.4.8 in User’s Manual).
1001. - MAX phase angle : The maximum phase angle (positive and negative angle) appears in the window in which the closing order for the switching device (breaker) is given.
1002. - MAX frequency diff. : If the difference of frequency is higher than the set point then the synchron closing is blocked until the difference of frequency drops below the set point.
1003. - MIN frequency : Minimum frequency limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the frequency of BUS1 is below the minimum frequency limit then the frequency controller will be deactivated. That means the output to send speed lower signals will be blocked.
1004. - MAX frequency : Maximum frequency limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the frequency of BUS1 is above the maximum frequency limit then the frequency controller will be deactivated. That means the output to send speed higher signals will be blocked.
1005. - MAX voltage diff. : If the difference in voltages is higher than the set point the synchron closing will be blocked until the difference in voltages drops below the set point.
BACK EXIT
1072. - volt.set.brak time : 2,0 sec
1073. – freq. higher event
1074. – freq. lower event
1075. - volt. higher event
1076. - volt. lower event
1077. - phose regu.active at : 30 mHz
1078. - phase 360 deg pulse : 0.10 sec
1079. - closing direction : DOWN
1080. - CB closing delay : 50 ms
1081. - live/dead cond. check: ON
1082. - min voltage leve : 10,0 %
1083. - CB sync. ON event
1084. - abnormal bus 2 event
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relaySetting range:
0,1-999,9
Eventremainder für output
Eventremainder für output
Eventremainder für output
Eventremainder für output
0-9999 mHz
0,01-655,34 sec
UP/DOWN/BOTH
0-1000 ms
ON/OFF
0,0-99,9 %
Eventremainder für output
Eventremainder für output
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 117/226 -
1006. - MIN voltage : Minimum voltage limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the voltage of BUS1 is below the minimum voltage limit then the voltage controller will be deactivated. That means the output to send voltage lower signals will be blocked.
1007. - MAX voltage : Maximum voltage limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the voltage of BUS1 is above the maximum voltage limit then the voltage controller will be deactivated. That means the output to send voltage higher signals will be blocked.
1008. - freq.set.pulse time : The pulse characteristic for frequency adjustment during synchronization is set here. This time defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% frequency difference (ΔF(%) = 100%). The calculated pulse time is modified by the difference between two frequency inputs as follows:
Calc. pulse(sec) = [Parameter [1008] / 100%] × ΔF(%)
with:
Parameter [1008]: defined pulse time at 100% frequency difference, ΔF(%): frequency difference between e.g. FEEDER BUS and BUS1 in
percent of nominal
Example: Parameter [1008] = 100 sec (typical setting):
There are case distinctions as follows:
ΔF(%) = 100% If the frequency difference between FEEDER BUS and BUS1 is 100%, then a calc. pulse of 100 seconds will be set.
ΔF(%) = 1% If the frequency difference is 1% (0.5 Hz at 50 Hz nominal frequency), then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set.
ΔF(%) > 0 If the frequency difference is positive (FFEEDER > FBUS1), then “freq. lower event” [1014] will be activated for the period calculated for the pulse time.
ΔF(%) < 0 If the frequency difference is negative (FFEEDER < FBUS1), then “freq. higher event” [1013] will be activated for the period calculated for the pulse time.
1009. - freq.set.break time : Typical setting: 2 sec The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during synchronization is set here. At the beginning of the break time, the frequency controller will calculate and set the next pulse (see parameter [1008]).
1010. - speed push after 10 s : If the difference between the electrical angles of the generator and BUS does not become zero within 10 seconds then an impulse of the set time in this parameter will be given.
NOTE: Instead of the speed push, the phase regulator can be used.
1011. - volt.set.pulse time : The pulse time for voltage adjustment during synchronization is set here. Pulse time is modified by the difference between the voltages inputs.
Service Manual
- 118/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1012. - volt.set.break time : The break time between pulse times for voltage adjustment during synchronization is set here.
1013. - freq. higher event : Use this event to activate a binary output in order to increase the frequency during synchronization.
1014. - freq. lower event :. Use this event to activate a binary output in order to lower the frequency during synchronization.
1015. - volt. higher event :. Use this event to activate a binary output in order to increase the voltage during synchronization.
1016. - volt. lower event :. Use this event to activate a binary output in order to lower the voltage during synchronization.
1017. - phase regu.active at : The phase regulation can be used to regulate the phase to zero if the two frequencies become nearly equal and the phase angle is nearly constant. If this parameter is set to 0 the phase regulator will be always inactive. Otherwise, if this parameter is set to a value > 0 the speed push (parameter [1010]) will be always inactive and the phase regulator will be activated in the following way: If the difference between the two frequencies reaches this low limit (parameter [1017]), the phase regulator becomes active. The phase regulator remains active so long the difference is under the limit of the “MAX of frequencies diff.” (Parameters [1002]) then the frequency regulator becomes again active (parameters [1017] < parameters [1002]).
1018. - phase 360 deg pulse : The pulse time for phase regulation is set here. The pulse time, which the phase regulator calculates after the break time (parameter [1009]), is modified by the actual phase angle. The formula for the pulse is: pulse (sec) = (Parameter [1018] * deg) / 360.
1019. - closing direction : The main breaker closing command will be given only when the engine speed is higher (UP), lower (DOWN) or in both directions (see also figure 3-13 and 3-14).
1020. - CB closing delay : The main breaker closing delay is the mechanical delay time caused by the closing time of contactors, relays and the main breaker itself. This delay time can reduce the time period of “breaker synchron on command” (event [1023]).
1021. - live/dead cond. check : ON/OFF-switch for dead condition check; if the synchronizing unit recognizes one side (feeder or BUS) below the voltage limit of parameter [1022] (dead system) and the other side within the voltage limits parameters [1006] and [1007] and the frequency limits parameters [1003] and [1004] (live system), then the event [1023] (CB sync.ON) will be activated without checking synchronization.
NOTE: If Device type - XG/BCG is selected and sync. unit 1 or 2 is active only the BUS will be checked for dead condition.
1022. - min. voltage level : If the live/dead condition check (event [1021]) is active and the voltage of one side (feeder or BUS) is below this voltage limit the synchronizing unit recognizes dead condition.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 119/226 -
1023. - CB sync. ON event :. Use this event to send the main breaker close signal. This event will be set if the pointer of the synchronization unit is within the synchron window and the synchronization unit is not blocked.
1024. - abnormal BUS1 event :. Use this event to indicate BUS abnormal situation. If during synchronization the main conditions for voltage and frequency are not fulfilled for the BUS then BUS abnormal event will be set and the corresponding controller for voltage and frequency will be blocked (see parameters [1003], [1004], [1006] and [1007]).
Figure 3-16 shows the conditions that have to be fulfilled during synchronizing to set the “CB synchron event” (event [1023]). The parameter and event numbers correspond to Synchronizing Unit 1 (feeder to BUS1).
Figure 3-16 ANSI 25/A-7
NOTE: In the case that the voltages of both systems are “alive” and one system has negative sequence, the synchronizer will be internally blocked and event [2949] gets active (use this event for an alarm). If both systems have negative sequence the synchronizing process is not blocked.
SYNCHR. UNIT 1 ON
Parameter [1000]
UBUS1 > UMIN
Parameter [1006]
UBUS1 < UMAX
Parameter [1007]
FBUS1 > FMIN
Parameter [1003]
FBUS1 < FMAX
Parameter [1004]
&
³1
&
Freq. Ctrl. release
Freq. Ctrl. release
|UBUS1 - UFreeder|<Parameter [1005]
|UBUS1 - UFeede|<Parameter [1002]
|akt. Phasenwinkel|<Parameter [1001]
MB close command
(here: Parameter [1019]:
„both“ Event [1023]
Main condition for „MB ON“ command
abnormal BUS
Event [1024]
Service Manual
- 120/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
The figures 3-17 and 3-18 show the closing direction philosophy. If closing direction “UP” (parameter [1019]) is selected and if the feeder frequency is higher than the BUS frequency then the main breaker synchron close command will be given (see figure 3-17).
Time
Frequency
FMAX; Para. [1004]
FBUS
FMIN; Para. [1003]
Para. [1004]
1 1 2 1 2 1 2
1: No „C. B. ON“ Command
2: „C. B. ON“ Command, allowed if Phase synchron and voltage O.K.
Sychronizing windowClosing direction: „UP“
(FFeeder < FBUS)
Phase angle Cursor direction: to the left
FFeed
2
Figure 3-17 ANSI 25 /A-8
If closing direction “DOWN” (parameter [1019]) is selected and if the feeder frequency is lower than the BUS frequency then the main breaker synchron close command will be given (see figure 3-18).
Zeit
Frequency
FMAX; Para. [1004]
FBUS
FMIN; Para. [1003]
Para. [1004]
1 1 2 1 2 1
1: No „C. B. ON“ Command
2: „C. B. ON“ Command, allowed if Phase and voltage O.K.
Sychronizing windowClosing direction: „DOWN“
(FFeeder > FBus)
Phase angle Cursor direction: to the left
FFeed
2
Figure 3-18 ANSI 25 /A-9
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 121/226 -
3.4 ANSI 27 – Undervoltage Relay
The undervoltage relay is a relay that operates when its input voltage is less than a predetermined
value. ≥ 1Undervoltage protection detects and reports abnormally low voltage conditions, some of which could be related to system stability problems (voltage collapse, etc.). Undervoltage protection is generally used for load shedding and loss of phase purposes (see figure 3-19).
Figure 3-19 ANSI 27
Parameter description:
1100. Undervoltage relay : This parameter activates the undervoltage supervision, whereby:
“OFF”: deactivates,
“ON”: activates, and
“CB ON”: activates the undervoltage supervision only if the circuit breaker is switched on.
1101. - Undervoltage 1. limit : First limit of the set point for undervoltage
1102. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1101]; use this event to activate an output.
1103. - Undervoltage 2. limit : Second limit of the set point for undervoltage
1104. - Time delay (definite) : Time delay of event [1103]; use this event to activate an output.
1105. - MIN start voltage : This parameter depends on the device type.
Device type BC or X: During the startup sequence, this limit must be reached in order to activate the undervoltage protection.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1101. – Undervoltage 1.limit: 95,0 %
1102. – Delay time(definite): 2,00 sec
1103. – Undervoltage 2.limit: 93,0 %
1104. – Delay time(definite): 3,00 sec
1105. – Min. start voltage : 90,0 %
1106. – Min. frequency : 55,0 Hz
1100. Undervoltage relay
ANSI 27 Undervoltage relay Setting renge:
ON/OFF/CB ON
0,0-99,9 %
0,03-99,99 sec
0,0-99,9 %
0,03-99,99 sec
0,0-99,9 %
0,0-99,9 Hz
Service Manual
- 122/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Device type BCG or XG: This parameter is not active, since the undervoltage relay works when the main breaker is on; otherwise, it is blocked.
1106. - MIN frequency : This parameter depends on the device type.
Device type BC or X: When the feeder frequency is lower than this setting, the undervoltage protection function is disabled.
Device type BCG or XG: This parameter is not active, since the undervoltage relay works when the main breaker is on; otherwise, it is blocked.
Figure 3-20 Logic diagram for the undervoltage protection
&
Startup
U > 3 ~
„1"onP 1105 Setting
E 1100 27 aktive
ANSI 27
Minimum
f > 3~
P 1106 Setting
&
U <
3~
P 1101 27-1 Pickup
&U<<
3~
P 1103 27-2 Pickup
0 T
P 1102 27-1 Delay.
E 1103 Limit reached
0 T
P 1104 27-2 Delay.
E 1101 Limit reached
E 1102 27-1 Trip
E 1104 27-2 Trip
off
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 123/226 -
3.5 ANSI 27 B – BUS undervoltage relay
There are two independent undervoltage relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available (see figure 3-21). The undervoltage (BUS) relay operates when its input voltage from BUS side is less than a predetermined value. Undervoltage protection detects and reports abnormally low voltage conditions, some of which could be related to system stability problems (voltage collapse, etc.). Undervoltage protection is generally used for load shedding and loss of phase purposes.
Figure 3-21 ANSI 27 B
Parameter description:
The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the following only the BUS1 parameters are described:
1120. BUS1 undervoltage relay : The enable switch for the undervoltage relay
1121. - Undervoltage 1. limit : First limit of the set point for undervoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.
1122. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1121]; use the event [1122] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
1123. - Undervoltage 2. limit : Second limit of the set point for under voltage; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.
1124. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1123]; use the event [1124] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
1125. - Minimum startvoltage : 1126. - Minimum frequency :
If the startvoltage is reached by all 3 phases and the frequency limit is reached the undervoltage relay remains always active until power on reset.
ZURÜCK ENDE
: OFF
1121. – Undervoltage 1.limit : 95,0 %
1122. – Delay time(definite) : 2,0 sec
1123. – Undervoltage 2.limit : 93,0 %
1124. – Delay time(definite) : 3,0 sec
1125. – Minimum startvoltage : 90,0 %
1126. – Minimum frequency : 55,0 Hz
1110. BUS2 undervoltage relay: ON
1111. – Undervoltage 1.limit : 95,0 %
1112. – Delay time(definite) : 2,0 sec
1113. – Undervoltage 2.limit : 93,0 %
1114. – Delay time(definite) : 3,0 sec
1115. – Minimum startvoltage : 90,0 %
1116. – Minimum frequency : 55,0 Hz
1120. Bus1 Undervoltage relay
ANSI 27 B Bus undervoltage relay Einstellungsbereiche:
ON/OFF
0,0-99,9 %
0,1-99,9 sec
0,0-99,9 %
0,1-99,9 sec
0,0-99,9 %
0,0-99,9 Hz
ON/OFF
0,0-99,9 %
0,1-99,9 sec
0,0-99,9 %
0,1-99,9 sec
0,0-99,9 %
0,0-99,9 Hz
Service Manual
- 124/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.6 ANSI 32 – Overload Relay
Figure 3-22 ANSI 32
Parameter description:
1130.Overload relay : The overload relay can be deactivated/activated by the following setting options:
“OFF“: the overload relay is disabled,
“ON“: the overload relay is enabled; characteristic values for limits (parameters [1131, 1133, 1135 1137] refer to “reverse power” or “active power”,
“ON_S“: the overload relay is enabled; characteristic value for limits (parameters [1131, 1133, 1135 1137] refers to “apparent power S”.
1131. - 1. limit reverse power : First limit of the reverse power relay; if the reverse power exceeds this limit event [1131] will be set.
1132. - Delay time (definite) : If event [1131] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1132] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.
1133. - 2. limit reverse power : Second limit of the reverse power relay; if the reverse power exceeds this limit event [1133] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.
1134. - Delay time (definite) : If event [1133] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1134] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.
1135. - 1. limit active power : First limit of the active power relay; if the active power exceeds this limit event [1135] will be set.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1131. – 1.limit reverse power: 10,0 %
1132. – Delay time (definite): 2,0 sec
1133. – 2.limit reverse power: 15,0 %
1134. – Delay time (definite): 0,5 sec
1135. – 1.limit active power : 100,0 %
1136. – Delay time (definite): 1,0 sec
1137. – 2.limit active power : 120,0 %
1138. – Delay time (definite): 0,5 sec
1139. Block reverse power : 0
1145. Fwd power blocking : 0
1130. Overload relay
ANSI 32 Overload relay Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,1-99,9 %
0,1-99,9 sec
0,1-99,9 %
0,1-99,9 sec
0,1-199,9 %
0,1-99,9 sec
0,1-199,9 %
0,1-99,9 %
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 125/226 -
1136. - Delay time ( definite) : If event [1135] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1136] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.
1137. - 2. limit active power : Second limit of the active power relay; if the active power exceeds this limit event [1137] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.
1138. - Delay time (definite) : If event [1137] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1138] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.
1139. Block reverse power : The reverse power protection (parameters [1131] to [1134]) is disabled if the event set under parameter [1139] is active.
1145. Fwd power blocking by : The active power protection (parameters [1135] to [1137]) only in forward direction is disabled if the event set under parameter [1145] is active.
Service Manual
- 126/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.7 ANSI 37 – Undercurrent Relay (motor)
Figure 3-23 ANSI 37
Parameter description:
1140. Undercurrent relay : If the undercurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1141. - Min. current limit : 1142. - Max. current limit :
If one of the three current phases is between these current limits (parameters [1141] and [1142]) the events [1141] and [1142] will be activated.
1143. - Delay time (definite) : If the undercurrent relay is active and the corresponding delay time is passed the undercurrent relay will be tripped (event [1143] will be activated).
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1141. – Min. current limit : 12,0 %
1142. – Max. current limit : 45,0 %
1143. – Delay time (definite): 10,0 sec
1140. Undercurrent relay
ANSI 37 - Undercurrent relay (motor) Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,1-99,9 %
0,1-99,9 %
0,1-99,9 sec
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 127/226 -
3.8 ANSI 40 Q – Loss of Excitation Relay
Field relay is a relay that functions on a given or abnormally low value or failure of machine field current, or on an excessive value of the reactive component of armature current in an AC-machine indicating abnormally low field excitation. When partial or complete loss of excitation occurs on a synchronous machine, (ind.) reactive power flows from the system into the machine.
There are two measuring principles to detect “loss of field” status:
40 Q: The first measuring principle of this relay is to detect only the quantity and direction of the reactive power. If the inductive reactive power exceeds a definite limit, then the “ANSI 40 Q loss of excitation relay” will be activated.
40: The second measuring principle is to define the impedance circle area in whichthe actual measured impedance vector must be within the “ANSI 40. loss of excitation” circle before the appropriate relay will be activated.
NOTE: For the impedance measurement, the phase current I1 and the line voltages U31 and U12 will be evaluated.
Two impedance circles can be defined, one for the static and the other for the dynamical characteristic.
Figure 3-24 ANSI 40 Q-1
Parameter description:
1170. Loss of excitation relay : If the loss of excitation relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1171. – reactive power limit : 35,0 %
1172. – delay time (definite): 4,0 sec
1173. – min. voltage : 70,0 %
1174. Circle 1 : ON
1175. - diameter : 4,0 Ohm
1176. - offset : 1,0 Ohm
1177. - delay : 1,5 sec
1178. Circle 2 : ON
1179. - diameter : 2,2 Ohm
1180. - offset : 1,5 Ohm
1181. - delay : 0,5 sec
1182. ANSI21 backup : ON
1183. Impedance zone1 : 3,0 Ohm
1184. - delay time :165,00 sec
1185. - reset time : 65,00 sec
1186. Impedance zone1 : 3,0 Ohm
1187. - delay time :165,00 sec
1188. - reset time : 65,00 sec
1189. Block protection by : 0 ev
1170.Loss of exitation relay
ANSI 40 Q Loss of exitation relay Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,0-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 %
ON/OFF
0,1-999,9 Ohm
0,1-999,9 Ohm
0,1-999,9 sec
ON/OFF
0,1-999,9 Ohm
0,1-999,9 Ohm
0,1-999,9 sec
ON/OFF
0,01-650,00 Ohm
0,03-650,00 s
0,03-650,00 s
0,01-650,00 Ohm
0,03-650,00 s
0,03-650,00 s
0-9999 Event numer
Service Manual
- 128/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1171. - reactive power limit : If the inductive reactive power exceeds this limit then event [1171] will be activated. The percentage setting of the inductive reactive power refers to the active power PN.
1172. - delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1171]; if event [1171] is active and this delay time is passed then event [1172] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1171]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1173. - min. voltage : Three-phase feeder voltage supervision; the feeder voltage must be higher than this setting in order to activate this protection.
1174. Circle 1 : 1175. - diameter : 1176. - offset : 1177. - delay :
ON/OFF switch of circle 1: Activation of first impedance circle parameter [1174]; the Impedance Circle 1 will be activated by setting this parameter to “ON.”
Impedance circle definition: The impedance area of the Circle 1 will be defined with the offset parameter [1175] and diameter parameter [1176]. If the actual measured impedance is within this area event [1174] will be activated.
Definite delay time: If the actual measure impedance is within Circle 1 and this definite delay time is passed then event [1177] will be activated as long as the actual measured impedance moves out of Impedance Circle 1. Please use parameter [1177] for the alarm or output controller.
1178. Circle 2 : 1179. - diameter : 1180. - offset : 1181. - delay :
Same parameter setting as parameters [1174] to [1177]; normally, Circle 1 will be used for supervision the static, Circle 2 for the dynamical characteristic.
Figure 3-25 ANSI 40 Q-2 trip area for loss of field supervision
r2 C2
X
R
Offset 2 Parameter [1180] Offset 1 Parameter [1176]
Diameter 2 Parameter [1179]
Whereby: r2 = Diameter 2/2 C2= Offset2+Diameter 2/2
Circle 2
Circle 1
Diameter 1 Parameter [1179]
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 129/226 -
3.9 ANSI 46 /RP – Negative Sequence Relay / Rotor Protection
Phase Unbalance Protection based on negative sequence currents Basics: When synchronous generators are loaded with currents that are not strictly symmetrical (this means that either values of the three currents are different and / or the phase-shift is not exactly 120°), this will lead to currents in the damper rods on the rotor. The additional rotor current will lead to heat dissipation and temperature rise of the rotor. If this unbalance of currents exceeds the permissible value, the rotor will get too hot. ANSI 46 RP is a protection function against unbalanced loading of a generator. One way to measure the unbalance of currents is to calculate the negative sequence content of the three phase system. This means that the currents are split into a theoretical set of three perfectly balanced three phase systems, of which one is rotating in the same direction as the rotor (positive sequence), one is rotating in the opposite direction (negative sequence) and one that has the same phase angle for all three currents (zero sequence). With the following formulas, any real three phase system can be transformed into these “symmetrical components”:
)240()120()(*3
1 tItItII TSRp
positive sequence part
)120()240()(*3
1 tItItII TSRn
negative sequence part
)()()(*3
10 tItItII TSR zero sequence part
Whereby t signifies the instant of observation and the phase shift angles refer to times in the past. In practical programming, the phase shift is generated by taking values out of the appropriate cells in memory. The three resulting currents are AC values, of which an RMS value is calculated in the relay. In theory, symmetrical components exist only for sinusoidal currents. With an acceptable error, the calculation can be executed also for currents with low THD values. This protection function will provide useful results up to a THD-level of app. 6%. Please observe that especially harmonics with an order number that is a multiple of three have a comparatively high influence on the calculated negative sequence value. High THD-levels will (especially as found when the generator feeds cyclo converters) make the protection function unreliable with a tendency to over-function. Such high THD values will lead to additional heating of the rotor and require special engineering in the design phase of the generator. Rotor protection based on different principles is required for this application. Required inputs: Feeder current (3phase), connected to terminals X1.1...6.
Service Manual
- 130/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-26 ANSI 46
Parameter description:
1200. Reverse phase relay : For activating the negative sequence relay, set this parameter to “ON”, for disabling the protection function, set it to “OFF”. If it is set to “RECLOSE”, the function is active in a special mode. It opens and closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79.
1201. - Limit value : This value is the permanently permissible negative sequence current. It is set in percent of the stator nominal current as set in the parameter section “NOMINALS”. The range is 0.1 … 100.0%. No extra calculation is required to take current transformer ratios into consideration; this is done in the background by the relay.
1202. - Time multiplier (TMS) : Definite delay time or time multiplier for inverse curves, see parameter [1203]. In case P[1203] is set to “K-factor”, this factor describes the time constant of the machine while the negative sequence current exceeds the Limit value P[1201]. It is set in seconds, the range is 0.1 … 40.0. No extra calculation is required to take current transformer ratios into consideration; this is done in the background by the relay.
1203. - Curve shape : Select definite time or inverse curves. “definite time”: Parameter [1202] is a definite delay time between pickup and trip. “norm.inverse” normal inverse characteristic with the following formula for the trip delay time:
1
5,13*]1202[
2
]1201[
Parameter
negative
trip
I
I
parametert
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1201. – Limit value : 95,0 %
1202. – Time multiplier (TMS): 2,00 sec
1203. – Curve shape : definite
1204. – Min. feeder voltage : 3,0 %
1205. - 1.limit : 10,0 %
1206. – Delay time (definite): 1000 ms
1207. – 2.limit : 12,0 %
1208. - Delay time (definite): 500 ms
1209. - Volt. restrain[51VR] : OFF
1190. - K-reset (cool down) : 40,00 sec
1191. - Block protection by : 895
1200. Reverse phase relay
ANSI 46 Reverse phase relay Setting range:
ON/OFF/reclose
0,0-99,9 %
0,0-99,99 sec
1,0-99,9 %
0,0-99,9 %
0-9999 ms
0,0-99,9 sec
0-9999 ms
ON/OFF
0,00-99,99 sec
0-9999 event numer
* Norm.inverse & definite time
k-factor
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 131/226 -
“K”-factor This protection function provides a rough thermal modelling for the rotor. A short, high negative sequence current can be tolerated as well as a longer lasting, lower current. In order to describe the heating effect of the negative sequence current, a curve according to the following formula was found to fit best:
2
min_
alNoStator
negative
trip
I
I
Kt
ttrip is the time to trip, Inegative is the measured negative sequence current and IStator_Nominal is the stator nominal current. Calculation starts when the measured negative sequence current exceeds the permanently permissible negative sequence current Inegative_perm. The value for “K” describes the time constant of the rotor. It can be obtained from the generator manufacturers. This factor is the duration (in seconds) for which the negative sequence current is allowed to be as high as the stator nominal current ( Inegative = IStator_Nominal ). The time constants vary with design of the rotor, the type of cooling and with the speed of the generator, so no general rule of thumb is available to calculate the “K”-values from the nominal power of the generator.
1204. - Min. feeder voltage : The feeder voltage must be higher than this setting in order to activate this protection function. This parameter is used to avoid unwarranted trips during standstill and startup.
1205. - 1. limit : This is an extra limit function independent of the setting according to Parameter[1201…1203]. It is set in percent of the stator nominal current as set in the parameter section “NOMINALS”. The range is 0.1 … 100.0%. An event will be activated when the negative sequence current exceeds this value. For example, this event can be used to activate a warning contact. No other action is derived from this value. So the limit can be set as is suits best for operation. It can be lower, higher or equal to the limit current P[1201]. There is a 5% hysteresis for the fall-back of the event.
1206. - Delay time (definite) : After condition of event [1205] has become true, this delay time starts and event [1206] will be activated after this delay has expired. Use this event to activate an output.
1207. - 2. limit : This is an extra limit function independent of the setting according to Parameter[1201…1203]. It is set in percent of the stator nominal current as set in the parameter section “NOMINALS”. The range is 0.1 … 100.0%. An event will be activated when the negative sequence current exceeds this value. For example, this event can be used to activate a trip if an absolute maximum is exceeded. No other action is derived from this value. So the limit can be set as is suits best for operation. It can be lower, higher or equal to the limit current P[1201]. There is a 5% hysteresis for the fall-back of the event.
Service Manual
- 132/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1208. - Delay time(definite) : After condition of event [1207] has become true, this delay time starts and event [1208] will be activated after this delay has expired. Use this event to activate an output.
1209. - Volt. restrain [51VR] : For activating the voltage restrain functionality, set this parameter to “ON”, for disabling the protection function, set it to “OFF”. The settings for the curve as shown in the following graph are fixed and cannot be altered. If the voltage restrain function is active the current set point will be reduced by the voltage as shown in figure 3-23.
0
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
Voltage
Cu
rve
Pic
ku
p M
ultip
lier
Figure 3-27 Diagram of the voltage restrain calculation curve
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 133/226 -
1190. - K-reset(cool down) : This factor describes the time constant of the machine while the negative sequence current is below the Limit value [P1201] after a permissible negative sequence overcurrent. If the negative sequence current falls below the permissible value, the rotor cools down. The relay takes this into consideration and provides a parameter for cooling time constant, also as a “K”-value. If the cooling time constant is set to zero, the counter for rotor heat will be reset immediately when the current falls below the permissible value. When no cooling time constant is provided by the generator manufacturer, the same “K”-value should be applied as for the heating.
1191. - Block protection by : This parameter describes the SYMAP event number which will block the whole protection function (ANSI46). In addition this event will reset the heat counter. It should only be used for testing purposes.
Example: The following diagram shows the cooling and heating curve with the following parameters: Parameter [1201] I Limit = 10,0 % = Inegative_perm = 0,10 * IStator_Nominal
Parameter [1205]I Limit 1 = 13,0 % = Inegative_warning = 0,13 * IStator_Nominal
Parameter [1207]I Limit 2 = 33,0 % = Inegative_trip = 0,33 * IStator_Nominal
Parameter [1202] K = 20 s Parameter [1190] K cool = 20 s.
Figure 3-28 heating and cooling curve
The relay will calculate the contribution of each time slice independently and accumulate the calculated temperature in memory, so it will handle variable currents correctly. A time-slice is equal
Service Manual
- 134/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
to one cycle of the mains frequency for K-values below 1 s, and is increased by one cycle for each full second of the K-value. The cooling curve describes the time it will take the rotor to cool down from trip-level temperature to normal operating temperature. For example if the rotor was heated nearly up to trip level and the negative sequence current falls to 95% of the permissible limit, the relay will assume that after approximately half an hour the temperature will be back to normal when the settings are as listed above. See example above. The actual trip time will be the calculated time plus the pickup-time, which is generally two time-slices according to the paragraph above. After a reset of the relay (power up or new parameter set entered), the relay will reset all memory, so the temperature calculation will start from normal operation, any information about previous rotor heating will be lost. A reset input for the rotor temperature model is available in combination with the blocking parameter P[1191]. This reset should only be used for relay tests, since the real temperature of the rotor has no reset button.
Figure 3-29 Logic diagram for the reverse phase/balance protection
„1" E 1200 46 aktive
ANSI 46
off
on
reclose
³ 1
Startup
U > 3 ~
P 1204 Setting
S1
RReset
Q
&
P 1201 46-TOC Pickup
3~
&
VR_EN
E 1201 Limit reached
0 T
P 1203 IDMT Curve
P 1202 TMS
&
E 1205 Limit reached P 1206 46-1 DelayP 1205 46-1 Pickup
3~
VR_EN
P 1207 46-2 Pickup
3~
VR_EN
0 T&
E 1207 Limit reached P 1208 46-2 Dealy
Voltage Restrain
on/off
on/off
Reclose
on/off
Reclose
on/off
Reclose
E 1202 46-TMS Trip
E 1206 46-1 Trip
E 1208 46-2 Trip
³ 1
ANSI 79 Reclose
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 135/226 -
3.10 ANSI 47 – Phase sequence voltage relay
The phase sequence voltage relay is a relay that functions upon a predetermined value of polyphase
voltage in the desired phase sequence.
Figure 3-30 ANSI 47
Parameter description:
1300. Phase sequence relay : The normal voltage phase sequence is right rotating, that means L1-L2-L3. If the sequence turns to left rotating or one phase is missing the relay becomes active. If the negative sequence relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1301. -.Limit value : If the left rotating field exceeds the limit the phase sequence relay will be activated.
1302. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay for event [1301]; use this event to activate an output.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1301. – Limit value : 20,0 %
1302. – Delay time (definite): 2,00 sec
1300. Phase sequence relay
ANSI 47 Phase sequence voltage relay Setting range:
ON/OFF
1,0-199,9 %
0,01-99,99 sec
Service Manual
- 136/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.11 ANSI 49 – Thermal Overload
The thermal overload relay is divided in 3 independent sections (see figures 3-30, 3-31 and 3-32, and 3-33). Any of the sections can be activated and used independently of each other.
3.11.1 Thermal overload I (general)
This section calculates a thermal image in accordance to the current (see figure 3-30).
Figure 3-31 ANSI 49-1
Parameter description:
1340. THERMAL OVERLOAD : ON/OFF-switch for thermal overload protection
1341. - Nominal rated current [xxxx]A : Overload current of the nominal rated current of the motor; pickup value for thermal motor protection 49; if the current reaches this limit event [1341] will be set.
1342. - Cold limit at 6*In : This parameter is required to calculate τh. This trip time is taken from the cold curve of the
motor. The trip time in the curve is taken from 6*In.
1343. - Hot limit at 6*In : This parameter is required to set the characteristic of the hot curve and limit the thermal image value.
1344. - tc/th : The relationship between τ of the hot and the cold curve is required to calculate τc.
1345. - Trip time reset delay : If the trip time is active and the actual current is below the nominal rated (set with parameter [1341]) the time value will be held for this time before reset.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1341. – Rated current[ 1000]A: 20,0 %
1342. – Cold limit at 6*In : 10,0 sec
1343. - Hot limit at 6*In : 20,0 sec
1344. - tc / th : 5,0
1345. – Trip time reset delay: 10,0 sec
1346. – Event for trip
- tc (calculated) = 16,7 min
- th (calculated) = 11,1 min
- Preload at 6*In (T6h)= 67,0 %
1340. THERMAL OVERLOAD
ANSI 49 Thermal overload Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,1-999,9 %
0,1…999,9 sec (0,25 s-Schritten)
0,1…999,9 sec (0,25 s-Schritten)
1,0-999,9
0,1-999,9 sec
Event only
Calculated from [1342]&[1344]
Calculated from [1342]
Calculated from [1343]
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 137/226 -
1346. - Event for trip time : If the trip time is passed according to the thermal overload conditions event [1346] will be set. Choose this event to initiate a trip signal by using a binary output.
- tc (calculated) : Calculated value τc. Result of the formula:
- th (calculated) : Calculated value τh . Result of the formula:
The time t will be taken from the cold curve of the motor at six times the nominal rated current. The threshold factor k is fixed with 1.03. The result of τh is calculated as follows:
- Preload at 6*In (T6h) : Calculated maximum preload value with the formula:
The time will be taken from the hot curve of the motor at six times the nominal rated current. The threshold factor k is fixed with 1.03. The result is the maximum preload value which will be limited by the hot curve of the motor.
The relationship is:
2
PrPr )/(* InIk ee
The thermal image of the motor will be calculated all the time and follows the formula:
t
SCS e*)((%)
with: ΘC: the current motor image ΘS: thermal status destination, which will be calculated with (Iactual/In)² τ: Tau: During heating τh and during cooling, τc will be used.
hc parameter *1344
22
2
/
/ln
kInI
InI
th
22
2
)03.1(6
6ln
])1342[(6 parametercTh
2222
Pr22
2
Pr
2
)/(*)/()/(/
)/(/ln* kInIeInIInI
kInI
InIInIt h
t
ee
h
22
])1343[6
22
Pr 03.1)6(*)6()/(
h
hT
e eInI
motortheofimagethermaltheiswhichtorelatesInI e 2
Pr )/(
Service Manual
- 138/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
If the actual motor current exceeds the limit of parameter [1341] (rated current) the trip time integrator will be activated. The tripping time t of the thermal overload relay is calculated according to the following formula and to the corresponding preload value (IPre/IN)²:
with: I: the actual measured current IN: the thermal overload (set with parameter [1341]) k: the threshold factor (1.03)
²/
)/(/ln*
2
2
Pr
2
kII
IIIIt
N
NeNc
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 139/226 -
3.11.2 Thermal overload II (user)
This section gives the user the possibility to define his own curve with 10 current/time points. Between these points, the time values will be linear interpolated (see figures 3-31 and 3-32).
Figure 3-32 ANSI 49-2
Figure 3-33 ANSI 49-3
Parameter description:
1350. THERMAL OVERLOAD (user) : OFF/ON-switch for this relay section. If the relay is tripped event [1350] will be set.
1351. - integrator reset mode : Defines the reset mode of the time integrator if the current falls below the limit of parameter [1353]:
“hold time”: The integrator will be reset if the time of parameter [1352] has passed.
“depending”: The integrator will be integrated downwards with the last excitation time. This time can be limited with parameter [1352].
BACK EXIT
1350. THERMAL OVERLOAD (user) : ON
1351. – integrator reset mode : depending
1352. – integrator hold time : 300.0 sec
1353. - current limit : 110.0 %
1354. - time :3600.0 sec
1355. - current point 1 : 111.0 %
1356. - time :1800.0 sec
1357. - current point 2 : 114.0 %
1358. - time : 900.0 sec
1359. - current point 3 : 123.0 %
1360. - time : 300,0 sec
1361. - current point 4 : 145.0 %
ANSI 49 Thermal overloadSetting range:
OFF/ON
Hold time/depending
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
BACK EXIT
1362. - time : 120.0 sec
1363. - current point 5 : 180.0 %
1364. - time : 30.0 sec
1365. - current point 6 : 230.0 %
1366. - time : 10.0 sec
1367. - current point 7 : 400.0 %
1368. - time : 3.0 sec
1369. - current point 8 : 0.0 %
1370. - time : 0.0 sec
1371. - current point 9 : 0.0 %
1372. - time : 0.0 sec
ANSI 49 Thermal overloadSetting range:
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
0,0-6553,5 %
0,0-6553,5 sec
Service Manual
- 140/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1352. - integrator hold time : Hold time for the integrator if the current falls below the limit of parameter [1353].
1353. - current limit : Excitation limit for the time integration and the starting point of the curve; if the current reaches this limit, the time integration will be activated.
1354. - time : The max. trip time for limit parameter [1353]
1355. - current point 1 : 1356. - time :
to 1371. - current point 9 : 1372. - time :
Every point consists of one current limit and the related time (max. trip time for the current at this point). If the current is between two limits the related time will be linearly calculated. The limits must be ascending, beginning at the first point. If a limit is 0 the curve will be truncated at the previous limit (see figure 3-29).
Example:
Figure 3-34 Current/time curve of thermal overload II
I (%)
t (sec)
400
300
200
100
3600 1800 900 300 120 30 10 3
× P [1363] and P [1364]
× P [1361] and P [1362]
× P [1359] and P [1360]
× P [1357] and P [1358]
× P [1355] and P [1356]
× P [1353] and P [1354]
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 141/226 -
3.11.3 Thermal overload III (interval)
This section gives the user the possibility to define a interval time in which the current has a defined
allow time for remaining above a limit.
Figure 3-35 ANSI 49-4
Parameter description:
1373. INTERVAL PROTECTION : Event-switch for this relay section
Event active: The function will be activated.
Event inactive: The function will be reset.
If the relay is tripped event [1373] will be activated.
1374. - current limit : If the current reaches this limit the time integration will be activated.
1375. - allow time : If the integration reaches this time limit the relay will trip and the event [1373] will be activated.
1376. - interval time : The allow time is only valid within this interval time. If one of the integrated periods overlaps this interval the integrated time will be decreased by the period (if the current is below the limit of parameter [1374]).
BACK EXIT
1373. interval protection : 524
1374. - current limit : 110.0 %
1375. - allow time : 60 min
1376. - interval time : 12 h
ANSI 49 Thermal overloadSetting range:
Event 0-9999
0,1-999,9 %
1-999 min
1-24 h
Service Manual
- 142/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.12 ANSI 50 BF – Breaker Failure
Breaker failure relay supervises the circuit breaker.
Figure 3-36 ANSI 50BF
Parameter description:
380. Breaker failure relay : ON/OFF - switch for breaker failure protection
1381. - Current limit (CB:OFF) : If the circuit breaker is off (feedback of circuit breaker or trip command) and a current is higher then the limit in parameter [1381] the breaker failure relay will be activated.
1382. - Delay time (definite) : Delay time of breaker failure relay
Figure 3-37 Logic connection of failure relay
CB: off (Feedback)
Trip command
Act. Current value > Current limit P[1381]
≥1
& Event
E[1382]50BF
Manual OFF
BACK EXIT
: ON
1381. – Current limit(CB:OFF): 10,0 %
1382. – Dealy time (definite): 2 sec
1380. Breaker failure relay
ANSI 50BF Braker failure relay Setting range:
ON/OFF
0-999,9 %
0-9999 sec
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 143/226 -
3.13 ANSI 50 – Instantaneous overcurrent relay
Instantaneous overcurrent or rate-of-rise relay is a relay that functions instantaneously on excessive
value of current or on an excessive rate of current.
Figure 3-38 ANSI 50
Parameter description:
1400. Instantaneous overcurr. : If the instantaneous overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set to “RECLOSE” it closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79.
1401. - 1. limit [xxxx]A :
First limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this
limit event [1401] will be set.
1402. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1401]; if event [1401] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1402] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1401]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1403. reserved :
1404. - 2. limit [xxxx]A :
Second limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this
limit event [1404] will be set.
1405. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1404] if event [1404] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1405] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1404]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1406. reserved :
1407. - Rev. limit [xxxx]A :
Limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent is active only if the current direction is going into
the reverse direction. If the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1407] will be set.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1401. – 1. limit [ 3000]A: 300.0 %
1402. – Delay time (definite): 100 ms
1403. reserved:
1404. – 2. limit [ 3000]A: 300.0 %
1405. – Delay time (definite): 250 ms
1406. reserved:
1407. – Rev. limit [ 3000]A: 300.0 %
1408. – Delay time (definite): 200 ms
1409. reserved:
1410. – Inrush blocking : OFF
1400. Instantanneous overcurr.
ANSI 50 Instantaneous overcurrent Setting range:
ON/OFF/reclose/
2,0-2999,9 %
30-9999 ms
2,0-2999,9 %
30-9999 ms
2,0-2999,9 %
30-9999 ms
ON/OFF
Service Manual
- 144/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1408. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1407]; if event [1407] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1408] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1407]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1409. reserved :
1410. - Inrush blocking : The delay times of parameters [1402], [1405] and [1408] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI 95i are detected.
Figure 3-39 Logic diagram for the instantaneous overcurrent protection
„1" E 1400 50 aktiv
ANSI 50
off
on
reclose
³ 1
P 1401 50-1 Pickup
I >
3~
&
Inrush EN
E 1401 Limit reached
0 T
P 1402
&
E 1404 Limit reached P 1405 50-2 DelayP 1404 1404 Pickup
0 T&
E 1407 Limit reached P 1408 50-Rev. Delay
Inrush Blocking
on/off
on/off
Reclose
on/off
Reclose
on/off
Reclose
E 1402 50-1 Trip
E 1406 50-2 Trip
E 1408 50 Rev Trip
³ 1
ANSI 79 Reclose
I >>
3~
Inrush EN
P 1407 50-Rev. Pickup
IRev
> 3~
Inrush EN
„1"
0 T
50-1 Delay
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 145/226 -
3.14 ANSI 50G/N – Instantaneous ground overcurrent relay
Instantaneous ground overcurrent or ground rate-of-rise relay is a relay that functions
instantaneously on excessive value of current or on an excessive rate of current. The permissible setting range of this relay depends upon the hardware (refer to the purchase information of the hardware to get the appropriate internal current transformers).
Figure 3-40 ANSI 50G/N
Parameter description:
1420. Inst. ground overcurr. relay : If the instantaneous ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1421. - Limit : Limit setting of instantaneous ground overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds the instantaneous ground overcurrent limit event [1421] will be activated.
The unit of the limit value can be set between “%” and “mA” via parameter [0053]; (see PC Parameter tool special parameter).
“%”: If the unit is set to “%” the limit value refers to the nominal-rated current (primary side) of the feeder (parameter [0200]). The setting range is between 2.0 % and 999.9 %.
“mA”: If the unit “mA” is selected the parameters for the nominal-rated value of the feeder current and the ground current transformer values have no influence on the measured current.
1422. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1421]; if event [1421] has been activated and the set delay time is passed then event [1422] will be activated until the measured value falls below the limit of parameter [1421]. This parameter should be used for the alarm or output controller.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1421. – Limit [ 2000]A: 200.0 %
1422. – Delay time (definite): 30 ms
1423. - Pickup type (50G/N) :meas.Ig1+2
1424. – Inrush blocking : OFF
1425. – Io stab.start Imax/In : 1.50
1426. -stab.factor. : 0.25
1427. – CT saturation limit : 7.5
1420. Inst. Ground overcurr.
ANSI 50G/N Instant. overcurrent Setting range:
ON/OFF
2,0-2999,9 % oder 0-2999,9 mA
30-9999 ms
*
ON/OFF
1.0 - 20.0
0.01- 1.00
0.0 - 999.9
*means.Ignd1/means.Ig1+2/
means.Ignd/calculated
Service Manual
- 146/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1423. - Pickup type (50G/N) : Three different pickup types for instantaneous ground overcurrent can be selected:
“meas.Ig1+2”: default setting; this parameter should not be changed.
“meas.Ignd1”: reserved
“meas.Ignd2”: reserved
1424. - Inrush blocking : The delay time of parameter [1422] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI 95i are detected.
Figure 3-41 Logic diagram for ANSI 50G/N
NOTE: Following parameters P[1425] bis P[1427] are only valid for the use of distance protection function ANSI 21!
1425. – Io stab.start Imax/In : 1426 –stab.factor :
As soon as one of the three phase currents exceeds the set value of parameter P[1425], the earth overcurrent will be stabilized according to the following algorithm:
IoStab = Io * (1 – P[1426] ((IPHmax2 – P[1425]2) / IPHmax
2)4)
with: Io: momentary measured earth current IoStab: stabilized earth current for protection purposes [50G, 51G, 67GS] IPHmax : maximum value of the measured phase currents IPh1…3
1427. CT-Saturation limit : As soon as one of the three phase currents exceeds the set value of parameter P[1427], the earth overcurrent alarm will be blocked.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 147/226 -
3.15 ANSI 51 – AC time overcurrent relay
AC time overcurrent relay is a relay that operates when its AC input current exceeds a predetermined value and when the input current and operating time are inversely related through a substantial portion of the performance range.
Figure 3-42 ANSI 51
Parameter description:
1500. Time overcurrent relay : If the AC time overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set to “RECLOSE” it closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79.
1501. - Limit [xxxx]A : Limit setting of AC time overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1501] will be set.
1502. - Time multiplier (TMS) : Time multiplier setting for the corresponding curve shape (see parameter [1503]); if event [1501] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen curve shape is passed the event [1502] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1501]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1503. - Curve shape : Curve shape selection of AC time overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse, very inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see Appendix A5).
1504. - Reset characteristic : Reset characteristic of time overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1501] then a special reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with this parameter. The following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve D-F (see also Appendix A5).
BACK EXIT
: ON
1501. – Limit [ 1000]A: 100.0 %
1502. – Time multiplier (TMS) : 1.00 s
1503. - Curve shape : very inv.
1504. – Reset characteristic : def./Th
1505. – 1.limit [ 1200]A: 110.0 %
1506. - Delay time (definite): 10.0 s
1507. – 2.limit [ 1400]A: 140.0 %
1508. - Delay time (definite): 5.0 s
1509. – 3.limit [ 1800]A: 180.0 %
1510. - Delay time (definite): 1.0 s
1511. – Reset character (Th) 0 s
1512. – Volt. Restrain [51VR] : OFF
1513. - - Volt. Low limit : 10 %
1514. – Dealy pickup in cycles: 10
1515. – Block protection by : 10 ev
1500. Time overcurrent relay
ANSI 51 AC time overcurrent Setting range:
ON/OFF/reclose
2,0-2999,9 %
0,03-10,00 sec
8 curve shapes (IDMT)
None,def./Th,dep.,curve D-F
2,0-2999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
2,0-2999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
2,0-2999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0-99 sec
ON/OFF
10-90 %
0-9999
0-9999 ev
Service Manual
- 148/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
In addition to the AC time overcurrent relay operating with inverse curve shapes, three further limits with definite times can be used (parameters [1505] to [1510]).
1505. - 1. limit [xxxx]A : First additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1505] will be set.
1506. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1505]; if event [1505] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1506] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1505]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1507. - 2. limit [xxxx]A : Second additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1507] will be set.
1508. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1507]; if event [1507] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1508] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1507]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1509. - 3. limit [xxxx]A : Third additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1509] will be set.
1510. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1509]; if event [1509] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1510] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1509]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1511. - Reset character (Th) : Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1504] is set to “def./Th”; if the calculated delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1501] then the calculated delay time is hold for this time.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 149/226 -
1512. - Volt. restrain [51VR] : Parameter [1512] activates the voltage restrain function. If voltage restrain function is active the Current limits ([1501], [1505], [1507] and [1509]) will be reduced proportional to the relationship actual voltage to nominal voltage, as shown in the Figures 3-42 and 3-43.
Figure 3-43 Pickup value calculation curve of the voltage restrain function
1513. - Volt. low limit : The low voltage parameter limits the voltage restrain function to a minimum value (see Figure 3-42).
1514. - Delay pickup in cycles :
1515. - Block protection by : AC time overcurrent protection can be completely blocked by any active event. For blocking, the number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to parameter [1515]. Blocking is only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is active.
0
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
Voltage
Cu
rve
Pic
ku
p M
ultip
lier
P 1513 Voltage low limit for ANSI 51
P 1513
Service Manual
- 150/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-44 Logic diagram for the AC time overcurrent protection
„1" E 1500 51 aktive
ANSI 51
off
on
reclose
³ 1
P 1501 51-TOC Pickup
3~
&
VR_EN
E 1501 Limit reached
P 1503 IDMT Curve
P 1502 TMS
P 1505 51-1 Pickup
3~
VR_EN
P 1507 51-2 Pickup
3~
VR_EN
Voltage Restrain
on/off
on/off
Reclose
E 1502 51-TOC Trip
E 1506 51-1 Trip
E 51-2 Trip
³ 1
ANSI 79 Reclose
1504 Reset Char.
t
I
&
E 1505 Limit reached
P 1506 51-1 Delay
1511 Reset Char.
&
E 1507 Limit reached
P 1508 51-2 Delay
1511 Reset Char.
1508
&
E 1509 Limit reached
P 1509 51-3 Pickup
3~
VR_EN
P 1510 51-3 Delay
1511 Reset Char.
E 51-3 Trip1510
on/off
on/off
on/off
Reclose
Reclose
Reclose
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 151/226 -
3.16 ANSI 51G/N – AC time ground overcurrent relay
Inverse time overcurrent protection 51G/N contains ANSI characteristic curves (IDMT). The permissible setting range of this relay is depending on the ordered hardware. Refer to the order information to get the right internal current transformers for your application.
Figure 3-45 ANSI 51G/N
Parameter description:
1520. Time ground overcurrent : If the AC time ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1521. - Limit [xxxx] A : Limit setting of AC time ground overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1521] will be set.
1522. - Time multiplier (TMS) : Time multiplier setting for the corresponding curve shape (see parameter [1523]); if event [1521] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen curve shape is passed, the event [1522] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1521]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1523. - Curve shape : Curve shape selection of AC time ground overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse, very inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see Appendix A5).
1524. - Reset characteristic : Reset characteristic of time overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1521] then a special reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with this parameter. The following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve D-F (see also Appendix A5).
1525. - Reset character (Th) : Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1524] is set to “def./Th”. If the calculated delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1521] then the calculated delay time is hold for this time.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1521. – Limit [ 1000]A: 100.0 %
1522. – Time multiplier (TMS) : 1.00 s
1523. - Curve shape : very inv.
1524. – Reset characteristic : def./Th
1525. – Reset character (Th) : 0 sec
1526. - Pickup type (51G/N) :meas.Ignd1
1520. Time ground overcurrent
ANSI 51G/N AC time overcurrent Setting range:
ON/OFF
2,0-999,9 %
0,01-10 sec
8 curve shapes (IDMT)
None,def./Th,dep.,curve D-F
0-99 sec
meas.Ingd1/measIg1+2/meas.Ignd2/
calculated
Service Manual
- 152/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1526. - Pickup type (51G/N) : Two different types of the AC time ground overcurrent pickup can be selected. The first one is measured and the second is calculated.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 153/226 -
3.17 ANSI 51 LR – Locked Rotor
Figure 3-46 ANSI 51 LR
Parameter description:
1540. Locked rotor relay : If the locked rotor protection should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1541. - Starting current : During starting phase of the motor, the current will be limited with extremely inverse characteristic. The time multiplier Tm (see figure 3-46) will be calculated with the starting current [1541] and the starting time [1542]. The trip time formula for the extremely inverse characteristic is:
Tm value will be displayed in the last line.
1542. - Starting time : Because of the starting time, the time multiplier will be calculated. (see parameter [1542]). The stating phase will be limited by two times this setting. Use the event [1542] for a binary output or an alarm.
1543. - Locked rotor current : During the running state of the motor, the trip time characteristic is definite. If the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1543] will be set.
1544. - Locked rotor time : Time delay of event [1543]; if event [1543] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1544] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1543]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
80
1/]1541[*]1542[
1/
80*
2
2
InparameterparameterTm
InITmt
BACK EXIT
: ON
1541. – Starting current : 300.0 %
1542. – Starting time : 10.0 sec
1543. - Locked rotor current : 200.0%
1544. – Locked rotor time : 8.0 sec
Tm (calculated) = 1.00 sec
1540. Locked rotor relay
ANSI 51LR Locked rotor (motor) Setting range:
ON/OFF
10-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
10-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
Calculated from [1541]&[1542]
Service Manual
- 154/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-47 Inverse time characteristic during starting phase. The extremely inverse curve for trip time will be defined by parameters [1541] and [1542]
Figure 3-48 Definite time characteristic during running state of the motor. The time characteristic will be defined by parameters [1543] and [1544]
0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
10000
100000
Extremely Inverse Trip Time Characteristic
1 10 P.U2 20
t (S)
Start current Parameter [1541]
Starting time Parameter [1542]
51 LR Motor state: Starting
0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
10000
51LR Trip Time Characteristics
1 2 PU 6
51LR time Parameter [1544]
51 LR Motor state: Running
51 LR current Parameter [1543]
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 155/226 -
3.18 ANSI 59 – Overvoltage relay
The overvoltage relay operates when the actual measured voltage is more than a pre-determined value. The overvoltage protection has the task of preventing insulation failure by protecting against abnormally high voltage levels. Abnormally high voltages often occur in low loaded, long distance transmission lines, in islanded systems when generator voltage regulation fails, or after full load shutdown of a generator from the system.
Figure 3-49 ANSI 59
Parameter description:
1600. Overvoltage relay : If the overvoltage relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set to “RECLOSE” it will close the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79.
1601. - 1. Limit value : First overvoltage limit; the activation of this limit value depends on the curve shape selection of parameter [1603]:
“normal inverse”: If the actual measured voltage value plus 5% (k-factor) exceeds this limit event [1601] will be set.
“definite”: If the actual measured voltage value exceeds this limit event [1601] will be set. No k-factor will be calculated.
1602. - Time multiplier (TMS) :
Delay time setting for overvoltage 1. limit; the characteristic of the delay time depends on
the curve shape selection of parameter [1603]:
“normal inverse”: If normal inverse curve shape is selected this parameter will be used as time multiplier.
“definite”: If the curve shape is set to definite and if event [1601] is active, then a definite delay time will be activated.
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1601. – 1. Limit value : 110.0 %
1602. – Time multiplier (TMS) : 1.00 sec
1603. - Curve shape : definite
1604. – reserved :
1605. – 2. Limit value : 110.0 %
1606. – Delay time (definite): 1.00 sec
1600. Overvoltage relay
ANSI 59 Overvoltage relay Setting range:
ON/OFF/reclose
1-999,9 %
0,01-10 sec
Normal inverse/definite
1-999,9 %
0,01-999,99 sec
Service Manual
- 156/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1603. - Curve shape : Curve shape selection of overvoltage; one curve shape (normal inverse) and one definite limit can be selected. Parameter [1602] is the time multiplier if the normal inverse curve is selected. If this parameter is set to “definite” then a definite time delay can be activated.
1604. reserved :
1605. - 2. Limit value : Second overvoltage limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1605] will be set.
1606. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1605]; if event [1605] is active and this delay time is passed, the event [1606] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1605]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
Figure 3-50 Logic diagram for the overvoltage protection
„1" E 1600 59 aktive
ANSI 59
off
on
reclose
³ 1
P 1601 59-1 Pickup
&
E 1601 Limit reached
0 T&
E 1605 Limit reached P 1606 50-2 Delay
0 T
E 1611 Limit reached P 1612 59N Delay
on/off
Reclose
on/offReclose
on/off
Reclose
E 1602 50-1 Trip
E 1606 59-2 Trip
E 1612 59-N Trip
³ 1
ANSI 79 Reclose
U >
3~
P 1605 59-2 Pickup
U >>
3~
P 1603 IDMT Curve
P 1602 TMS
„1"
ANSI 59N
off
on
reclose
³ 1
P 1611 59-1 Pickup
E 1610 59N aktive
U >
3~
&
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 157/226 -
3.19 ANSI 59 B – BUS overvoltage relay
There are two independent overvoltage relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available. The overvoltage relay operates when the actual measured voltage is more than a predetermined value. It prevents insulation failure by protecting against abnormally high voltage levels. Abnormally high voltages often occur in low-loaded long distance transmission lines, in isolated systems when generator voltage regulation fails, or after full-load shutdown of a generator from the system.
Figure 3-51 ANSI 59 B
Parameter description:
The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the following only the BUS1 parameters are described.
1610. BUS1 overvoltage relay : The enable switch for the overvoltage relay
1611. - Overvoltage 1. limit : First limit of the set point for overvoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.
1612. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1611]; use the event [1612] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
1613. - Overvoltage 2. limit : Second limit of the set point for overvoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.
1614. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1613]; use the event [1614] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1611. – Overvoltage 1. limit : 103.0 %
1612. – Delay time (definite) : 8.0 sec
1613. - Overvoltage 2. limit : 110.0 %
1614. – Delay time (definite) : 3.0 sec
1620. BUS2 overvoltage relay : OFF
1621. – Overvoltage 1. limit : 103.0 %
1622. - Delay time (definite): 8.0 sec
1623. - Overvoltage 2. limit : 110.0 %
1624. – Delay time (definite) : 3.0 sec
1610. BUS1 overvoltage relay
ANSI 59B BUS Overvoltage relay Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
ON/OFF
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
Service Manual
- 158/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.20 ANSI 64/59N – Overvoltage ground relay
Ground detector relay is a relay that operates on failure of machine or other apparatus insulation to
ground. Sensitive ground fault detection may be used in isolated or compensated systems to detect ground faults. In solidly or low-resistance grounded systems, sensitive ground fault detection is used to detect high impedance ground faults. Sensitive ground fault detection may be used for alarming and acoustic signaling or may be allowed to initiate tripping. By summation of the moment values of the single leak voltage (measured from the clip X1-17, 19 and 21) covered against the earth (case) the misalignment tension is calculated:
U0 = ⅓ |Ū1 + Ū2 + Ū3|.
Programmable timers are supplied to supervise the alarming and tripping. For this protection function the SYMAP® must be equipped with a sensitive input transformer. Because of its high sensitivity, ground fault detection is not suited for detection of high magnitude ground faults. The directional and non-directional overcurrent protection functions are preferred for this application.
Figure 3-52 ANSI 64
Parameter description:
1700. Ground detector relay : If the ground detector relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1701. - Limit value Ugnd1 : First limit setting of ground overvoltage
1702. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1701]; use this event to activate an output.
1704. - Limit value Ugnd2 : Second limit setting of ground overvoltage
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1701. – Limit value Ugnd1 : 100.0 %
1702. – Delay time (definite) : 10.0 sec
1703. reserved :
1704. – Limit value Ugnd2 : 100.0 %
1705. - Delay time (definite) : 10.0 sec
1706. reserved :
1707. Overvoltage relay [59N] : OFF
1708. - 1.Limit value : 50.0 %
1709. – Delay time (definite) : 1.0 sec
: OFF
1711. – min. active power : 0 %
1712. – min. voltage : 80 %
1713. - Limit Uo3rd (via 59N) : 20 %
1714. – Limit dir. Uo3rd : “>”
1715. – Limit Uo3rd (via Ug1) : 25 %
1716. – Limit dir. Uo3rd : “<”
1717. – Uo3rd(Ug1)/Uo3rd(59N) : 0 %
1718. - Delay time (definite) : 2,0 sec
1719. – Delay pickup (cycles) : 1
1728. – logic P[1713]-P[1715] : “AND”
1700. Ground detector relay
ANSI 64/59N Overvoltage ground relay Setting range:
ON/OFF/reclose
0,1-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
ON/OFF/reclose
0,1-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
ON/OFF
0-100 %
0-100 %
0-100 %
“<”,“>”
0-100 %
“<”,“>”
0-100 %
01-999,9 sec
0-99
“AND”,“OR”
1710. 100% Startor earth fault
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 159/226 -
1705. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1704]; use this event to activate an output.
1707. Overvoltage relay [59N] : If the overvoltage relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1708. - 1. Limit value : Limit setting of displacement voltage; the voltage will be calculated from the measured three-phase system. Example: With a rated of 400 V and a strain of 10 % the permissible displacement voltage corresponds 40 V.
1709. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1708]; use this event to activate an output.
3.20.1 ANSI SEF - 100% Stator-Earthfault-Protection
This protection function captures winding-faults located close to the neutral point in synchronous generators with non-grounded neutral point.
Required measuring-inputs for protection function “100% Stator-Earthfault-Protection”
- displacement-voltage (U59N) derived from phase-to-ground voltages at the generator terminals SYMAP Y type: connector X1.9,11,13 SYMAP-BC type: connector X1.17,19,21
- Ground-voltage (UGND1), measured at connector X1.15,16 (all SYMAP types)
NOTE: With activation of 100% stator earth fault protection the second voltage input for ground measurement (UGND2) isn’t available.
Basics: The majority of all large generators is operated in earth-free voltage systems, often the generator is connected via a generator transformer. Earth fault detection cannot be reliably derived from current measurement under such conditions because of low ground capacities and consequently low earth-fault currents. The simplest fault recognition for the setup described above is derived from the displacement voltage between ground and the generator neutral point, which occurs when one of the phases comes in contact with ground potential. (see also ANSI 59N). The displacement voltage becomes lower when the ground fault is inside the generator. In order to keep fault-pickup safe, the trip voltage must be above a certain minimum. If the fault is in the part of the winding close to the neutral point, fault pickup becomes impossible by simple measurement of the displacement voltage. This is the reason for naming this protection „80% Stator Earth-Fault Protection“. In order to protect the part of the windings which are electrically close to the neutral point, the protection function „100% Stator-Earth-Fault-Protection“ (ANSI SEF) is used. Basically, this is an isolation-monitoring. For this purpose, a voltage with a frequency different from the mains frequency is applied between the neutral point of the generator and earth. By means of
G
Grid-Side ACB
Step-Up
Transformer
Generator
Breaker
Service Manual
- 160/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
a switched rectifier, the ground current at this frequency is measured and the isolation resistance is calculated. The main problem is, that the voltage source must endure the full displacement voltage in case of an external ground fault. The protection function ANSI SEF of SYMAP exploits a voltage that many generators produce a voltage suited for the purpose. The stator winding is not infinitely distributed along the stator bore, so without any remedy the output voltage would be a stair-shaped curve, which only imitated the required sine wave. In the frequency domain, this curve shape is represented by harmonic content at all un-even numbers. This means that beside the main frequency, the output voltage will contain voltages at the multiples of 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 times of the mains frequency. As a remedy, in machines with drum rotors, only two parameters are available: chorded winding and the skew factor of the windings. Each of these parameters can be used to eliminate one harmonic or reduce two harmonics in close neighbourhood. If the generator is not intended to be used with neutral point connected, the 3rd harmonic (and all other that can be divided by three), can be eliminated by a trick described below and the two „winding-factors“ can be used for higher harmonics, which gives an overall better approximation of the sine wave. The third harmonics in all three phases are actually in phase with each other, since the basic waves have an offset of 120° towards each other, whereas the time for this offset is exactly the time for a full cycle at threefold frequency. The result is that all three 3rd harmonics are in phase with each other:
Phase angle of third harmonic
1
0
-1
1
0
-1
1
0
-1
U
t
U1
U2
U3
U3rd1
U3rd2
U3rd3
U1 U2
U12 = U1-U2
U3
L3
L2
L1
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 161/226 -
The phase-to-phase voltages of the three-phase system do not contain any third harmonic, when the generator is star-connected. The path between two generator terminals always contains two voltage-sources of third harmonic, one counting positive and one counting negative, thus cancelling each other. This applies also for all other harmonics that can be divided by three. This is the reason why all major generators are star-connected1) and the neutral point is not connected to the system. Exceptions are only found in low voltage generators designed for single-phase load. The earth capacities of the generator winding, the generator bus duct and the generator transformer result in a capacitive grounding of the third harmonic system, which has it’s “centre of gravity” between the electrical middle of the generator (with open terminals) and the output terminals of the generator (with high capacity components like cables connected to the gernerator).
As a result, a healthy generator has a third harmonic displacement voltage which can be measured between neutral point and ground. In most systems, a resulting displacement voltage is also found on the output terminals.
1) In delta-connection, the third harmonic voltages would drive third harmonic currents, leading to
extra losses in the windings.
neutral point
3rd harm
3rd
harm
3rd harm
3rd
harm
3rd harm
3rd
harm
neutral point
Service Manual
- 162/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
In case of an earth fault between the „centre of gravity“ of the ground capacities and the neutral point, the 3rd harmonic voltage between the neutral point and ground (UGND1) will be reduced. Simultaneously, the 3rd harmonic voltage at the power terminals of the generator (U59N) will increase.
3rd
harm
3rd
harm
U59N
UGND1
neutral point
Other than the name suggests, this protection function only monitors the part of the winding that is not monitored by the “80% Stator Earth Fault Protection”. Faults located near the “centre of gravity” of the ground capacities cannot be captured. A full protection can only be achieved in combination with the protection function ANSI 59N.
Technical implementation of the protection function in SYMAP SYMAP internally calculates the 3rd harmonic content of the displacement voltage2) U59N (calculated from the phase-to-ground voltages on the generator power terminals, and of the ground voltage UGND1, measured between generator neutral point and ground. SYMAP derives the protection functions ANSI SEF from these two voltages.
The 3rd harmonic content of the generator’s phase voltages depends on the design and the centre of gravity of the ground capacities depend on the ground capacities of the generator and on the
2 ) SYMAP® contains a switched rectifier which transfers only signals of third harmonic.
PT
UGND1
U=U59N
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 163/226 -
properties of the loads connected to it. Therefore the settings for this protection function need to be adapted to the situation found on the machine after installation. This protection function is not recommended for generators that are galvanically connected to extended grids with variable ground capacity because of changing operation modes. This protection function will not work for generators that are designed for having the neutral point grounded since these generators will have only very small content of 3rd harmonic voltage. In systems with a low impedance connection between generator neutral point and ground, stator earth fault protection (80% - ANSI 59N as well as 100% - ANSI SEF) is not effective, instead differential protection should be used.
Figure 3-53 ANSI SEF
Decription of Parameters:
1710. 100% Stator earth fault : If this parameter is ON, the 100% stator earth fault is active. If the parameter is OFF, the 100% stator earth fault is disabled.
1711. - min active power : Minimum active power The parameter “minimum power” can be set, when the protection function is required only in power operation (for example because of drastic changes in ground capacities between generator breaker ON and OFF), The value should be set as low as possible in order to ensure early availability, but high enough to make pickup reliable. A value of 5% of generator nominal power is a fair compromise. When this parameter is set to „0“ (recommended), the protection function will be always active independent of the generator output power. An alternative way to take the generator breaker into consideration is to utilise the SYMAP internal logic builder and set up an AND-link with the “breaker ON”-signal.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1701. – Limit value Ugnd1 : 100.0 %
1702. – Delay time (definite) : 10.0 sec
1703. reserved :
1704. – Limit value Ugnd2 : 100.0 %
1705. - Delay time (definite) : 10.0 sec
1706. reserved :
1707. Overvoltage relay [59N] : OFF
1708. - 1.Limit value : 50.0 %
1709. – Delay time (definite) : 1.0 sec
: OFF
1711. – min. active power : 0 %
1712. – min. voltage : 80 %
1713. - Limit Uo3rd (via 59N) : 20 %
1714. – Limit dir. Uo3rd : “>”
1715. – Limit Uo3rd (via Ug1) : 25 %
1716. – Limit dir. Uo3rd : “<”
1717. – Uo3rd(Ug1)/Uo3rd(59N) : 0 %
1718. - Delay time (definite) : 2,0 sec
1719. – Delay pickup (cycles) : 1
1728. – logic P[1713]-P[1715] : “AND”
1700. Ground detector relay
ANSI 64/59N Overvoltage ground relay Setting range:
ON/OFF/reclose
0,1-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
ON/OFF/reclose
0,1-999,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
ON/OFF
0-100 %
0-100 %
0-100 %
“<”,“>”
0-100 %
“<”,“>”
0-100 %
01-999,9 sec
0-99
“AND”,“OR”
1710. 100% Startor earth fault
Service Manual
- 164/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1712. - min voltage : Minimum voltage The pickup of the protection function is based on a “limit low”-condition of third harmonic voltage (or a ratio derived from this voltage). Therefore, this protection function may only be activated when the generator is excited and running. This parameter is a requisite condition for reliable protection. The minimum voltage is the percentage of actual RMS voltage compared to nominal voltage, at which the protection function is activated. Recommended value is 85 – 90%. If a permanent operation of the generator at reduced voltage is intended, lower values should be set, but the reduced voltage level shall also be taken into account setting the protection thresholds (parameters [1713 and 1715]). When this parameter is set to „0“ (not recommended), the protection function will be always active independent of the generator output voltage.
1713. - Limit Uo3rd (via 59N) : 3rd harmonic displacement voltage at the generator output terminals The voltage on the generator output terminals alone is not a reliable indication of healthy or faulty condition of the generator, but it can be used as supporting information (safeguard against over-function) for the protection according to parameter[1715] or as an auxiliary solution when the neutral-to-ground voltage is not accessible. The voltage value is derived from internal calculations, using the three phase-to-ground voltages as an input. PTs must be installed for all three voltages. The PTs shall be designed for permanent operation at the voltage level found in case of an external earth-fault in the system (phase-to-phase voltage of the system for a phase-to-ground PT!). All known PTs based on transformer technology have a sufficient frequency response for this protection function. The qualification of PTs based on capacitive or other technologies shall be evaluated in each individual case. In general, the highest level of the 3rd harmonic displacement voltage at the generator output terminals is found when the generators circuit breaker is OFF. This protection function will normally be activated when the value exceeds a set maximum value. For setting this parameter, the voltage level should be observed during setting to work of the system and the limit value derived from the values found. The recommended value is app. 150% of the highest voltage found in healthy operation. A lower maximum value will give protection for a bigger part of the windings. On the other hand, a low value may lead to over-activity. If this function is used as a an add-on for protection according to parameter[1715], the limit can be set between 120 and 150%. Parameter[1713] is set as a percentage, the 100%-value is the system nominal voltage as set in parameter[201] in the paramter group „nominals“. If the pickup shall be set to “yyy V” (RMS-value), the value for parameter[1713] is calculated as follows:
%100*]201[
]1713[Parameter
yyyV .
Parameter[201] is the RMS-value of the phase-to-phase voltage of the system. When parameter[1713] is set to „0“, this pickup-condition is always TRUE.
1714. - Limit dir. Uo3rd (via 59N): This parameter defines if pickup shall be activated above or below the limit value according to parameter[1713]). The value “>” is recommended.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 165/226 -
1715. - Limit Uo3rd (via Ug1) : The displacement voltage between generator neutral point and ground can give a good pickup of ground-faults in the 25% of the winding that is next to the neutral point. For this criterion a PT is required between the generator neutral point and ground. The PTs shall be designed for permanent operation at the voltage level found in case of an external earth-fault in the system (phase-to-ground voltage of the system for this PT!). All known PTs based on transformer technology have a sufficient frequency response for this protection function. The qualification of PTs based on capacitive or other technologies shall be evaluated in each individual case. In general, the lowest level of the 3rd harmonic displacement voltage at the generator neutral point is found when the generators circuit breaker is OFF. This protection function will normally be activated when the value falls below a set minimum value. For setting this parameter, the voltage level should be observed during setting to work of the system and the limit value derived from the values found. The recommended value is app. 30-60% of the lowest voltage found in healthy operation. A higher minimum value will give protection for a bigger part of the windings. On the other hand, a high value may lead to over-activity. If this function is used in addition to protection according to parameter[1713], the limit can be set at 80% of the lowest voltage found in healthy operation. Parameter[1715] is set as a percentage, the 100%-value is the system nominal voltage as set in parameter[201] in the paramter group „nominals“. If the pickup shall be set to “yyy V” (RMS-value), the value for parameter[1713] is calculated as follows:
.
Parameter[201] is the RMS-value of the phase-to-phase voltage of the system. When parameter[1713] is set to „0“, this pickup-condition is always TRUE.
1716. - Limit dir. Uo3rd (via Ug1): This parameter defines if pickup shall be activated above or below the limit value according to parameter[1713]). The value “<” is recommended.
1717. – Uo3rd(Ug1)/Uo3rd(59N): Ratio of the voltages according to parameter[1715] und parameter[1713] As explained before, in the event of an earth fault in the part of the winding next to the neutral point, the 3rd harmonic voltage between neutral point an ground will be reduced and the 3rd harmonic voltage on the output terminals will rise. When a generator circuit breaker is installed, in breaker OFF condition the ratio will be app. 100%. With breaker ON, the 3rd harmonic voltage on the output terminals will be reduced and the 3rd harmonic voltage between neutral point and ground will rise. The ration will be higher than 100%. In case of a winding-to-ground fault in the lower half of the winding (between middle and neutral point), the ration will drop below 100%. The ratio is the only parameter that can be set independent of machine design, a recommended value is between 50 and 80%. When the step-up transformer is permanently connected to the generator (no generator side circuit breaker installed), a value above 100% can be set, if the ratio found at setting to work is permanently higher. A higher minimum value will give protection for a bigger part of the windings. On the other hand, a high value may lead to over-activity. Parameter[1717] is a ratio of two voltages and is entered in %.
%100*]201[
]1713[Parameter
yyyV
Service Manual
- 166/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
The pickup is always activated when the ratio falls below the set value (no direction parameter available). When parameter[1717] is set to „0“, this pickup-condition is always TRUE.
1718. - delay time (definte) Trip delay time If the pickup is actually activated after the pickup-delay-time (parameter[1719]), it will be because a damage to the generator windings has already occurred. The mission of this protection function is only to minimise the extent of the damage. In earth-free systems, the ground-fault currents are low, so a comparatively long delay time can be accepted without undue additional damage. Remark: This protection function is not applicable in systems with low-impedance grounding, instead a differential protection is recommended. If the pickup is revoked during delay time, the timer will be reset. A high delay-time increases reliability against over-activity. In most cases this protection function will be used to generate only an alarm, then a delay-time of 1 s will be of no consequence and is recommended. In case that automatic action is derived from the protection function, at least 100 ms delay time is recommended. In calculating the total trip time, the trip delay time (parameter[1718]) is added to the pickup delay time (parameter[1719]) and the relay intrinsic time. The intrinsic time is app. 40 ms. The protection function has a cycle-time of 20 ms. It must be expected that the fault occurs right after one cycle is complete. Then detection will take two function cycles, or 40 ms.
1719. -pickup delay time (cycles) Pickup delay time, counted in cycles SYMAP calculates the 3rd harmonic voltages after complete cycles of the mains voltage (20 ms at 50 Hz, 16,7 ms at 60 Hz). Some transient events in the grid contain 3rd harmonic voltages, for example switching transients or transformer inrush. In order to avoid frequent pickup events, a stabilisation can be set. The pickup delay is the number of consecutive measuring cycles for which the pickup condition must be TRUE in order to enter the pickup event and FALSE in order to leave the pickup event. This delay is used to keep the event history free of unnecessary entries. Recommended values are between 2 and 20. In very noisy systems, higher values are required.
1728. -logic P[1713]-P[1715] This parameter decides whether the conditions of parameter [1713] and [1715] or if it is sufficient to have only one of them active pickup of function ANSI100SEF. (See logic within Pic.2)
Measuring precision As described earlier, the voltages used fort his protection function are derived from the input values by switched rectification. Therefore, in comparison with the RMS-based functions, the measuring precision is reduced. Under normal conditions (negligible content of harmonics higher than 6th), a precision of app. 1.5% with respect to input nominal voltage (parameter[201]) is achieved. The ratio of the voltages Ugnd1 and U59N is respectively tolerated at app. 2%-points, based on the assumption that a major proportion of the error is common-mode to both voltages.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 167/226 -
Summary For detection of changes in the 3rd harmonic voltages, three functions are available:
1. Neutral point displacement voltage, parameter[1715]. 2. Measurement of three phase-to-ground voltages at the generator output terminals; the
relay calculates the resulting displacement-voltage, parameter[1713] 3. Ratio of the voltages according to 1. and 2. calculated in the relay, , parameter[1717]
The pickup condition will be TRUE when all three above conditions are TRUE, and additionally the auxiliary pickup conditions active power, parameter[1711] and generator voltage, parameter[1712] are TRUE. The pickup event will become TRUE after a number of consecutive measuring cycles (set in parameter[1719] are TRUE. The trip event will become true after the pickup event is TRUE for a time set by parameter[1718].
Figure 3-54 Logic diagram for 100% Stator Earth Fault protection (ANSI SEF)
P[1711] = 0 1
Wirkleistung > P[1711]
P[1712] = 0 1
Spannung > P[1712]
P[1713] = 0 1
U03rd >/< P[1713]
P[1715] = 0
U03rd (Ug1) >/< P[1715]
U03rd (Ug1)
U03rd (U59N)
P[1717] = 0 1
< P[1717]
P[1710] = „ON“&
P[1719]
E[1717]
P[1718]
E[1718]
Trip
1
&P[1728] = „OR“
1
Service Manual
- 168/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.21 ANSI 66 – Start Inhibit for Motors
Figure 3-55 ANSI 66
Parameter description:
1720. Start inhibit relay : If the start inhibit relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1721. - Allow time : Defines the period of time in which a number of start attempts are allowed
1722. - Allowed starts :
Number of starts which are allowed within the period of time (parameter [1721])
1723. - Limit time : After the last motor start, the limit time has to be passed before a new start is allowed.
1724. - Thermal limit (0d) : If the thermal load of the motor is higher then this thermal limit no further start attempt is allowed.
1725. - Event for SI : If one of the above conditions for start inhibit (parameters [1721] to [1723]) is fulfilled event [1725] start inhibit will be activated and the SI window in the LCD-display will appear.
NOTE: The events [1721], [1723] and [1724] are only listed in the event history after event [1725] is active and the ON-key is pressed.
Figure 3-56 Start inhibit for motors – overview
Actual number of starts ³ Allowed starts/allow time
Limit time [1723] after last start attempt active
³1
Start Inhibit [SI]
Event E[1725]Actual thermal lead > thermal limit [1724]
BACK EXIT
: OFF
1721. – Allow time : 30,0 min
1722. – Allowed starts : 2
1723. - Limit time : 20,0 min
1724. – Thermal limit (0d) : 55 %
1725. – Event für SI
1720. Start inhibit relay
ANSI 66 Start inhibit for motors Einstellungsbereiche:
ON/OFF
1-999,9 min
1-50
1-999,8 min
1-100 %
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 169/226 -
3.22 ANSI 67 – AC Directional Overcurrent Relay
AC directional overcurrent relay is a relay that functions on a desired value of AC overcurrent
flowing in a predetermined direction.
When the directional overcurrent stage exceeds the current setting (parameter [1801]) and if the
directional operation has been selected then the directional criteria should activate event [1801].
After the time delay, event [1802] will be activated. These events can be used to activate the alarm
controller and the binary outputs. The operation of the directional overcurrent stage is based on a definite time or inverse time characteristic. This mode of operation is set with parameter [1803]. At definite time mode of operation, the operating time is set in 10 msec steps. At inverse time mode of operation (I.D.M.T.), six internally standardized and two special type time/current characteristics are available. The operation stage starts if the current on one of the phases exceeds the setting value and if the phase angle between the current and base angle falls within the operation sector +/- 60° and if the phase angle is selected at parameter [1807]. The directional control is based on measuring the phase current and the phase voltage. The phase voltage is recalculated from the line voltage, which means that earth influences at the phase voltage are eliminated.
Figure 3-57 ANSI 67
Parameter description:
1800. AC dir. overcurrent [67] : If the AC directional overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1801. - Limit value [xxxx]A : Limit setting of AC directional overcurrent relay; if one of the three phase currents (I1-I3) exceeds this limit event [1801] will be activated.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1801. – Limit value [ 1000]A : 100,0 %
1802. – Time multiplier (TMS) : 1,00 sec
1803. - Curve shape : very inv.
1804. – Reset charcteristic : def./Th
1805. – Reset character (Th) : 0 sec
1806. – Current direction : reverse
1807. - Phase angle :- 0°
1808. – Voltage low limit : 8 %
1809. – delay pickup in cycles: 8
1830. – block protection by : 10
1800. AC dir.overcurrent [67]
ANSI 67 AC directional overcurrent Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,1-999,9 %
0,01-10 sec
*
**
0-99 sec
Reverse/forward/angle
-180 bis +180
0-999 %
0-9999
0-9999
* norm. Inv./very inv./
extr. Inv./curve D/ curve E/
curve F/INV-K/VINV-K/
definite
**none,def./Th,dep./depending/
curve D/curve E/curve F)
Service Manual
- 170/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1802.- Time multiplier (TMS) : Delay time for directional overcurrent; depending on parameter [1803]; this parameter can be used as time multiplier for inverse time characteristics or for definite delay time.
Time multiplier: Event [1801] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen curve shape (parameter [1803]) is passed, then event [1802] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1801].
Definite delay time: If the event [1801] is active and this definite delay time is passed then event [1802] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1801]. Please use parameter [1802] for the alarm or output controller.
1803. - Curve shape : Curve shape selection of AC directional overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse, very inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see Appendix A5).
1804. - Reset characteristic : Reset characteristic of AC directional overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time has been activated and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1801] then a special reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with this parameter. The following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve D-F (see also Appendix A5).
1805. - Reset character. (Th) : Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1804] is set to “def./Th”. If the calculated delay time has been activated and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1801] then the calculated delay time will be on hold for this time.
1806. - Current direction : The operational direction of the directional stage can be selected to be “forward”, “reverse” or “angle”, which means the operational sector will be defined with the angle definition of parameter [1807] +/-60°.
Figure 3-58 Operation sector when parameter [1806] is set to “reverse”
U1 IL1
Reverse
direction
U3 U2
Non operational Sector
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 171/226 -
Figure 3-59 Operation sector when parameter [1806] is set to “forward”
Figure 3-60 Operational sector when parameter [1806] is set to “angle” and Parameter [1807] is set to -45°
1807. - phase angle :
If the operational direction of the directional stage is selected with “angle” the operational
sector is defined with this parameter +/- 60°.
1808. - voltage low limit : Minimum voltage for relay operation; to secure a reliable relay function, the voltage limit of this parameter must be exceeded to activate the protection function and to determine the angle between voltage and current.
Figure 3-61 Criteria for ANSI 67 trip
U1 IL1
U2 U3 Non operational Sector
+60°
-60° φParameter [1807] = -45°
U1 IL1
Forward
direction
U3 U2 Non operational Sector
Phase current > Parameter P[1801]
Phasen current within operating area Parameter P[1806]
≥1
ANSI 67 – „Trip“
Event E[1802]
Phase voltage > Parameter P[1808]
Delay time
Parameter P[1802]
Service Manual
- 172/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-62 Logic diagram for the AC directional overcurrent protection
„1" E 1800 67-TOC active
ANSI 67-TOC
off
on
&
3~
VR_EN
E 1801 Limit reached P 1803 IDMT Curve
P 1802 TMS
Voltage Restrain
on/off
P 1806 67-TOC Direction
P 1801 67-TOC Pichup
„1"
P 1805 Reset Char. Th.
P 1804 Reset Char.
E 1802 67-TOC Trip
„1" E 1808 67 N/G/Gs activer
ANSI 67 N/G/Gs
off
on
3~
P 1815 67 N/G/Gs Type
P 1814 67 N/G/Gs Direction
P 1809 67 N/G/Gs Pickup
&
E 1809 Limit reached P 1811 IDMT Curve
P 1810 TMS
P 1813 Reset Char. Th.
P 1812 Reset Char.
E 1810 67 N/G/Gs Trip
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 173/226 -
3.23 ANSI 67GS/GD – AC directional ground overcurrent relay
The AC directional ground overcurrent relay is a relay that functions on a desired value of AC ground overcurrent flowing in a predetermined direction.
The permissible setting range of this relay depends upon the hardware. Refer to the purchase information of the hardware to get the appropriate internal current transformers.
Required measuring inputs (pick up) for ANSI67GS/GD protection:
Ground current input “IG1”, connector X1
4. Ground voltage input “UG”, connector X1
ATTENTION: ANSI 67GS is only available if the protection device is equipped with a sensitive earth current measuring input!
Figure 3-63 ANSI 67GS/GD
Parameter description:
1810. AC direction.[67GS/GD] : If the AC dir. ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1811. - Limit value [Ignd1] : Limit setting of AC directional ground overcurrent; the unit of this limit is mA instead of a percentage. Through this unit very small values can be set (e.g. if a ZCT is in use). If the ground current exceeds this limit value event [1811] will be activated.
1812. - Max. limit value (no dir.) : Maximum limit setting of AC directional ground overcurrent; if the ground current exceeds these limit value events [1811] and [1812] will be activated. These events will in turn activate the Delay Timer [1813] without checking the directional conditions. To disable the maximum limit supervision set this parameter to zero.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1811. – Limit valU[eiGND1] : 1.5 mA
1812. – Max. limit (no dir.) : 4.0 mA
1813. - Delay time (definite) : 1,0 sec
1814. – Volt. Low limit [Vo1] : 10 %
1815. – Phase angle[E+/-60] :- 55 deg
1816. – delay pickup in cycles: 0
1817. – block protection by : 0 ev.
1810. AC direction. [67GS]
ANSI 67GS/GD AC dir. Ground overcurrent Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,1-6000,0 mA or 2.0-2999.9 %
0,1-6000,0 mA or 2.0-2999.9 %
0,01-99,99 sec
1-999 %
0-360°
1-9999
1-9999
Service Manual
- 174/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1813.- Delay time (definite) :
The delay timer for the directional ground overcurrent relay will be activated if the
following criteria are fulfilled:
The ground (neutral) current exceeds the limit value of parameter [1811].
The ground (residual) voltage exceeds the limit value of parameter [1814].
The phase angle φ is within the operating range given with Parameter [1815] +/-60°.
The timer will also be activated when the ground current exceeds the limit value of parameter [1812]. If the delay time is passed then event [1813] will be activated as long as the above criteria are fulfilled. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1814. - volt. Low limit [Vo1] : Limit setting for ground voltage; if the ground voltage exceeds this limit the protection relay will be activated. To secure reliable relay operation at extremely low ground voltage, a memory function has been implemented. At sudden loss of ground voltage in a fault situation, this memory function gives the directional stage an additional 3 seconds time to operate after loss of voltage (ground voltage below parameter [1814]).
1815. - Phase angle [+/-60°] : Definition of the operating area of the directional ground current relay; the operating area is defined by this phase angel (Io to Uo) plus 60° degrees in both directions. If the actual phase angle of the ground current in relation to the ground voltage is within the operating area then the protection relay will be activated (see also figures 3-61 and 3-62).
Figure 3-64 Operation characteristic when the phase angle φp = +90°
φ p[1815]
I0
U0
non operational Sector
±60°
I0 LIMIT [1811]
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 175/226 -
Figure 3-65 Operation characteristic when the phase angle φp = 0°
1816. - delay pickup in cycles : If the conditions for the directional overcurrent relay are fulfilled then the pickup events [1811] or [1813] will be activated. The delay of the pickup can be cycle wise increased by this parameter.
1817. - block protection by : AC directional ground overcurrent protection can be completely blocked by any active event. For blocking, the number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to parameter [1817]. Blocking is only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is active.
U0 I0 φ
non operational Sector
I0 LIMIT [1811]
±60°
Service Manual
- 176/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.24 ANSI 78 – Vector surge / dF/dt / dP/dt supervision relay
Figure 3-66 ANSI 78
Parameter description:
1840. Vector surge superv. : To activate the vector surge supervision, set parameter [1840] to “ON”, otherwise to “OFF”.
1841. - limit for phase jump : If a phase jump is higher than the limit set in parameter [1841] is detected than event [1841] will be activated. This event triggers the current flow check. Do not use this event to activate a relay output, since the active state of this event is too short. If no current increase check is needed use event [1842] for activating a relay output. In this case, set parameter [1842] to zero.
1842. - current increase : After a phase jump (event [1841]) is detected, the current flow check will be activated. If this parameter is set to zero event [1842] will be activated immediately. Otherwise if the current flow after the following cycle exceeds the limit set in parameter [1841] then event [1842] will be activated. Use this event number to activate a relay output.
1843. reserved : Not in use
1844. - minimum voltage : If the feeder voltage exceeds the limit set in parameter [1844] then the vector surge supervision (parameters [1841] and [1842]) and the dF/dt supervision (parameters [1845] and [1846]) will be activated after a two seconds delay.
BACK EXIT
: ON
1841. – limit for phase jump : 0 deg
1842. – current increaase : 0.0 %
1843. reserved:
1844. – minimum voltage : 90.0 %
1845.dF/dt supervision dF/sec : 5.00 Hz
1846. – delay time (definite): 0.10 sec
1860.dP/dt supervisio : ON
1861. – min. pickup delay : 0.10 sec
1862. - (+)dP/sec: 10.0 %
1863. – delay time (definite): 0.10 sec
1864. - (-)dP/sec: 10.0 %
1865. – delay time (definite): 0.10 sec
1840. Vector surge superv.
ANSI 78 Vector surge supervision Setting range:
ON/OFF
0-360 deg
0,0-999,9 %
0,0- 99,9 %
0,00-99,99 Hz
0,00-99,99 sec
ON/OFF
0,00-99,99 sec
0,0- 99,9 %
0,00-99,99 sec
0,0- 99,9 %
0,00-99,99 sec
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 177/226 -
1845.dF/dt supervision dF/sec : Limit value for the dF/dt supervision; if the frequency changes per second exceed the limit value set in parameter [1845] event [1845] will be activated as long as the frequency changes are below this limit. The dF/dt supervision can be switched off if this value is set to zero.
Example: The allowed frequency change per 100 ms is 0.5 Hz. That means the frequency change per second is 5 Hz. This limit value should be set with parameter [1845].
=> 0.5 Hz/100 ms = 5 Hz/1 s
1846. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1845]; if event [1845] is active and this delay time is passed, event [1846] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1845]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1860. dP/dt supervision : To activate the dynamic load supervision, set parameter [1860] to “ON”, otherwise to “OFF
1861. - min. pickup delay : General pick up delay time for dynamic load supervision.This time delays the pick up for the positive and the negative dynamic load supervision.
1862. - (+)dP/sec : Limit value for the positive dP/dt supervision; if the positive load changes per second exceed the limit value set in parameter [1862] event [1862] will be activated as long as the load changes are below this limit.
Example: The allowed load change per 250 ms is 5.0% (of nominal power). That means the load change per second is 20%. This limit value should be set with parameter [1862].
=>5.0 %/250 ms = 20% per second
1863. - delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1862]; if event [1862] is active and this delay time is passed, event [1863] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1862]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1864. - (-)dP/sec : Limit value for the negative dP/dt supervision; if the negative load changes per second exceed the limit value set in parameter [1864] event [1864] will be activated as long as the load changes are below this limit.
Example: The allowed load change per 200 ms is 6.0% (of nominal power). That means the load change per second is 30%. This limit value should be set with parameter [1864].
=>6.0 %/200 ms = 30% per second
1865. - delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1864]; if event [1864] is active and this delay time is passed, event [1865] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1864]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
Service Manual
- 178/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.25 ANSI 78 S Out-of-step tripping
Figure 3-67 ANSI 78 S
Parameter description:
1850. Out-of-step tripping : To activate the Out-of-step tripping supervision, set parameter [1850] to “ON”, otherwise to “OFF”.
1851. - limit reverse power : Low limit setting of Out-of-step tripping supervision; if the active power of the generator exceeds this limit value the out-of-step supervision will be activated. This means the supervision period timer will be started if it has not already been activated.
1852. reserved : Reserved parameter
1853. - limit high act. power : High limit setting of out-of-step tripping supervision; if the supervision period timer is running (see parameter [1851]) and the active power of the generator exceeds this limit the positive amplitude of the out-of-step tripping supervision will be registered. An out-of-step period is complete if during the supervision time (parameter [1857]) the high limit and the low limit (parameters [1851] and [1853]) are detected.
1854. reserved : Reserved parameter
1855. - number of periods :
Maximum number of periods for out-of-step tripping; if the count of out-of-step periods
reaches this limit then the trip condition has been reached and event [1855] will be activated.
This event remains active as long as during the next supervision period no out-of-step
conditions are measured. Please use this parameter number for the alarm or output
controller.
1856. reserved : Reserved parameter
BACK EXIT
: ON
1851. – limit reverse power : 5,0 %
1852. reserved:
1853. – limit high act.power : 75,0 %
1854. reserved:
1855. – number of period : 4
1856. reserved:
1857. -holding time of pickup: 0,0
1850. Out of step tripping
ANSI 78 S Out of step tripping Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,0-99,9 %
0,0-199,9 %
0-100
0,1-999,9 sec
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 179/226 -
1857. -holding time of pickup :
Maximum supervision time for an out-of-step period; if the supervision timer has run down
without detecting another out-of-step condition, the period counter will be set to zero.
0%
„limit reverse power“ P[1851] = -10%
100%
t
Active power P
„limit high act. power“ P[1853] = 60%
t
„holding time of pickup“ P[1857] = 30s
t1
2
3
4„number of periods“ P[1855] =
t
t
„ANSI 78S pickup“ E[1853]
„ANSI 78S trip“ E[1855]
P>0
P<0: reverse power!
0
Figure 3-68 Example for ANSI 78 S out-of-step tripping
Explanation of the diagram:
1. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit reverse power” P[1851] and so the timer for out-of-step period supervision “holding time of pickup” P[1857] has been started.
2. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit high act. power” P[1853]. This is another criterion for the out-of-step period.
3. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit reverse power” P[1851] again. The out-of-step condition has been reached, since a whole power swing period has been gained before the “holding time of pickup” P[1857] has run down. The out-of-step counter “number of periods “ P[1855] will be increased by one, and event “ANSI 78S pickup” E[1853] becomes active. Subsequently, the next power swing period will be supervised.
Service Manual
- 180/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
4. The number of out-of-step periods has reached the maximum “number of periods” P[1855]), thus event “ANSI 78S trip” E[1855] will be activated.
5. If timer for out-of-step period supervision runs down without detecting another out-of-step period, the events “ANSI 78S pickup” E[1853] and “ANSI 78S trip” E[1855] will be deactivated. The out-of-step counter will be reset.
NOTE: The timer for out-of-step period supervision will be activated, only if the active power falls below the “limit reverse power“ P[1851].
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 181/226 -
3.26 ANSI 79 – AC reclosing relay
AC reclosing relay is a relay that controls the automatic reclosing and locking out of an AC circuit
breaker. From experience, the majority of faults associated with overhead distribution feeders are temporary in nature. Therefore, to maximize service availability, it is desirable to employ a system that will close the circuit breaker shortly after it is tripped. This is accomplished in the SYMAP® via the automatic reclosing system. When the automatic reclosing system is used if the fault still exists after the circuit breaker has been reclosed, then the protective elements will re-trip the circuit breaker. Depending on the number of reclosing attempts programmed for the automatic reclosing system (up to nine are possible), the circuit breaker will either be reclosed again, or it will remain open. The automatic reclosing function is typically utilized only in situations in which the occurrence of temporary faults is anticipated. Therefore, the automatic reclosing system is not applied when the SYMAP® is used to protect generators, motors, transformers, and cables. The automatic reclosing function can also be initiated by an external protection relay. For this application, an output contact from the tripping relay must be wired to a binary input of the SYMAP®. It is also possible to allow the SYMAP® to work in conjunction with an external reclosing device.
Initiation of the automatic reclosing function can be caused by internal protective functions or externally using a binary input. Each of the following elements may initiate the automatic reclosing function:
ANSI 50-1, 50-2, 50-r, 51, 46-1, 46-2, 46-TOC
The automatic reclosing system can be programmed so that any of the elements above can initiate, not initiate, or block reclosing. If an element initiates reclosing the appropriate reclosing program is executed.
Figure 3-69 ANSI 79
BACK EXIT
: ON
1901. – Reclaim time : 20,0 sec
1902. - Reclosing trials : 3
1903. – 1. Reclosing time : 250 ms
1904. – 2. Reclosing time : 3,0 sec
1905. – 3. Reclosing time : 0,0 sec
1906. – 4. Reclosing time : 0,0 sec
1907. – 5. Reclosing time : 0,0 sec
1908. – 6. Reclosing time : 0,0 sec
1909. – 7. Reclosing time : 0,0 sec
1910. – 8. Reclosing time : 0,0 sec
1911. – 9. Reclosing time : 0,0 sec
1912. - Blocking via event : 0
1913. - Initiate via event : 0
1914. - CB reclose event
1915. -Reclose event duration: 100 ms
1916. -Reclose success event
1917. -Reclose fail event
1900. AC reclosing relay
ANSI 79 AC reclosing relay Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,1-999,9 sec
0-999
0-9999 ms
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-999,9 sec
Event number
Event number
0-9999 ms
Service Manual
- 182/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Parameter description:
1900. AC reclosing relay : If the AC reclosing relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1901. - Reclaim time : The reclaim time is the setting of the maximum time of the whole reclosure attempt.
1902. - Reclosing trials : Setting of the maximum numbers of reclosures shots
1903. - 1. Reclosing time : Setting of the first reclosing time
1904. - 2. Reclosing time : Setting of the second reclosing time
1905. - 3. Reclosing time : Setting of the third reclosing time
1906. - 4. Reclosing time : Setting of the forth reclosing time
1907. - 5. Reclosing time : Setting of the fifth reclosing time
1908. - 6. Reclosing time : Setting of the sixth reclosing time
1909. - 7. Reclosing time : Setting of the seventh reclosing time
1910. - 8. Reclosing time : Setting of the eighth reclosing time
1911. - 9. Reclosing time : Setting of the ninth reclosing time
1912. - Blocking via event : The breaker reclosure command can be blocked by entering the belonging event number. All other functions of ANSI 79 are active.
1913. - Initiate via event : A reclosure shot can be initiated by entering the selected event number. That is only possible when the reclose time is active only.
1914. - CB reclose event . This event will drive the breaker over a binary output.
1915. - Reclose event duration : The duration is responsible for the length of pulse time of the reclosure shot.
1916. - Reclose success event .
1917. - Reclose fail event .
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 183/226 -
Figure 3-70 Timing diagram for a second successful reclosure
Figure 3-71 Timing diagram for two unsuccessful reclosing shots
Trip Command
Breaker Status
Reclosing Commandduration
[1915]
1. Reclosing Time
2. Reclosing Time
Reclaim Time
CLOSE
OPEN
Trip Command
Breaker Status
Reclosing Commandduration
[1915]
1. Reclosing Time
2. Reclosing Time
Reclaim Time
CLOSE
OPEN
Service Manual
- 184/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.27 ANSI 81 – Frequency relay
Frequency relay is a relay that responds to the frequency of an electrical quantity and operates when the frequency or rate of change of frequency exceeds or is less than a predetermined value. The frequency is measured from the feeder voltage.
The frequency protection function detects abnormally high and low frequencies in the system. If the
frequency lies outside the allowable range, appropriate actions are initiated, such as load shedding
or separating a generator from the system. A decrease in system frequency occurs when the system
experiences an increase in the real power demand or when a malfunction occurs with a generator
governor or automatic generation control (AGC) system. An increase in system frequency occurs
when large blocks of load are removed from the system or again when a malfunction occurs with a
generator governor or AGC system. Through the use of filters and repeated measurements, the
frequency evaluation is free from harmonic influences and very accurate.
Frequency protection consists of four frequency elements. Two given frequency element can be set
to pickup for overfrequency and two for underfrequency conditions. Each element can be
independently set and utilized to perform different functions within the system.
The frequency can be determined as long as the positive sequence voltages are present and of
sufficient magnitude. If the measurement voltage drops below a settable value (parameter [2012])
then frequency protection is blocked. For elements used in an underfrequency protection mode, as
soon as the frequency of the measured voltage decreases below the setting, the element picks up and
remains picked up until the system frequency increases above the setting. For elements used in an
overfrequency protection mode, as soon as the frequency of the measured voltage increases above
the setting, the element picks up and remains picked up until the frequency decreases below the
setting.
Figure 3-72 ANSI 81
BACK EXIT
: OFF
2001. Overfreq. 1.step limit : 102,0 %
2002. – Delay time (definite): 4,0 sec
2003. reserved:
2004. Overfreq. 2.step limit : 104,0 %
2005. – Delay time (definite): 2,0 sec
2006. reserved:
2007. Underfreq. 1.step limit: 98,0 %
2008. – Delay time (definite): 4,0 sec
2009. reserved:
2010. Underfreq. 2.step limit: 86,0 %
2011. – Delay time (definite): 2,0 sec
2012. Undervoltage blocking : 0,0 %
2000. Frequency relay
ANSI 81 Frequency relay Setting range:
ON/OFF/CB ON
100,0-199,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
100,0-199,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-99,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-99,9 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,1-99,9 %
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 185/226 -
Parameter description:
2000. Frequency relay : This parameter activates the frequency supervision, whereby:
“OFF”: deactivates,
“ON”: activates and
“CB ON”: activates the underfrequency supervision only if the circuit breaker is switched on.
2001.Overfreq. 1.step limit : Limit setting of definite overfrequency
2002. - Delay time (defnite) : Time delay of event [2001]; use this event to activate an output.
2003. reserved :
2004. Overfreq. 2.step limit : Limit setting of definite overfrequency
2005. - Delay time (defnite) : Time delay of event [2004]; use this event to activate an output.
2006. reserved :
2007. Underfreq. 1.step limit : Limit setting of definite underfrequency
2008. - Delay time (defnite) : Time delay of event [2007]; use this event to activate an output.
2009. reserved :
2010. Underfreq. 2.step limit : Limit setting of definite underfrequency
2011. - Delay time (defnite) : Time delay of event [2010]; use this event to activate an output.
2012. Undervoltage blocking : This parameter depends on the device type.
Device type BC or X: When the feeder voltage is lower than this setting the underfrequency protection function is disabled.
Device type BCG or XG: This parameter is not active since the underfrequency relay works when the main breaker is on, otherwise it is blocked.
Service Manual
- 186/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-73 Logicdiagram for the frequency protection
„1" E 2000 81 aktive
ANSI 81
off
on³ 1
Startup
U > 3 ~
P 2012 Setting
S1
RReset
Q
&f >
3~
P 2001 81-1 Pickup
0 T
E 2001 Limit reached P 2002 81-1 Dealy
E 2002 81-1 Trip
&f >>
3~
P 2004 81-2 Pickup
0 T
E 2004 Limit reached P 2005 81-2 Delay
E 2005 81-2 Trip
&f <
3~
P 2007 81-3 Pickup
0 T
E 2007 Limit reached P 2008 81-3 Delay
E 2008 81-3 Trip
&f <<
3~
P 2010 81-4 Pickup
0 T
E 2010 Limit reached P 2011 81-4 Delay
E 2011 81-4 Trip
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 187/226 -
3.28 ANSI 81 B – BUS frequency relay
There are two independent frequency relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available.
Figure 3-74 ANSI 81 B-1
Figure 3-75 ANSI 81 B-2
Parameter description:
The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the following only the BUS1 parameters are described:
2020. BUS1 frequency relay : The enable switch for the frequency relay
2021. - Overfrequency 1.limit : First limit of the set point for overfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm pre-warning.
BACK EXIT
: ON
2021.- Overfrequency 1.limit : 102,0 %
2022. – Delay (definite): 8,0 sec
2023.- Overfrequency 2.limit : 108,0 %
2024. – Delay (definite): 2,0 sec
2025.- Underfrequency 1.limit: 98,0 %
2026. – Delay (definite): 4,0 sec
2027.- Underfrequency 2.limit: 97,0 %
2028. – Delay (definite): 1,0 sec
2029.- Minimum startvoltage : 30,0 %
2030.BUS2 frequency relay : ON
2031.- Overfrequency 1.limit : 102,0 %
2020.BUS1 frequency relay
ANSI 81B Bus frequency relay Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
ON/OFF
0,0-999,9 %
BACK EXIT
2032. – Delay (definite): 7,0 sec
2033.- Overfrequency 2.limit : 105,0 %
2034. – Delay (definite): 3,0 sec
2035.- Underfrequency 1.limit: 99,0 %
2036. – Delay (definite): 9,0 sec
2037.- Underfrequency 2.limit: 98,0 %
2038. – Delay (definite): 1,5 sec
2039.- Minimum startvoltage : 25,0 %
ANSI 81B Bus frequency relay Setting range:
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
0,0-999,9 %
Service Manual
- 188/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2022. - delay (definite) : Time delay of event [2021]; use the event [2022] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
2023.- Overfrequency 2.limit : Second limit of the set point for overfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.
2024. - delay (defnite) : Time delay of event [2023]; use the event [2024] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
2025. - Underfrequency 1.limit : First limit of the set point for underfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.
2026. - delay (defnite) : Time delay of event [2025]; use the event [2026] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
2027. - Underfrequency 2.limit : Second limit of the set point for underfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.
2028. - delay (defnite) : Time delay of event [2027]; use the event [2028] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
2029. - Minimum startvoltage . If the startvoltage is reached by all 3 phases the frequency relay remains always active until power on reset.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 189/226 -
3.29 ANSI 86 – Lockout relay
Lockout relay is a reset auxiliary relay that is operated manually upon the occurrence of abnormal
conditions to maintain associated equipment or devices inoperative until it is reset.
Figure 3-76 ANSI 86
Parameter description:
2090. Operate as Flip-Flop? : If the lockout relay should be activated set it to “ON”. The lockout function of the binary output –X2.1/16, 17 (event [0702]) is active. This relay output is working as a normal binary output in case the failure lockout relay is switched off. Otherwise, it can be used as S/R-flip-flop (see figure 3-70).
2091. - reset by event : This event initiates a reset of the failure lockout relay output in case the release of the output is no longer active. This function is comparable with a SR-Register.
2092. lockout set (stored) :
Figure 3-77 Logic diagram for the lockout relay function
1. Event ≥1
[0703]
&
2. Event
3. Event
4. Event
5. Event
6. Event
S
R
Q
Parameter
P[2091]
Parameter
P[2090]
E[0702]
Binary Output Event E[0702]
NACK EXIT
: NO
2091. - reset by event : 9999
2092. – lockout set (stored)
2090. Operate as Flip-Flop?
ANSI 86 Lockout relay Setting range:
NO/YES
0-9999
Service Manual
- 190/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.30 ANSI 87 – Differential protection relay
Differential protection relay is a relay that functions on a percentage or phase angle or other
quantitative difference of two currents or of some other electrical quantities.
Figure 3-78 ANSI 87
Parameter description:
2100. Diff. protective relay : This parameter activates the differential protection, whereby:
“OFF”: deactivates,
“ON”: activates and
“CB ON”: activates the differential protection only when the circuit breaker has been switched on.
2101. - Diff. Limit [xxxx]A : Limit setting of definite differential protection; if the actual measured current difference exceeds this limit event [2101] will be activated.
2102. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2101]; if event [2101] has been activated and the delay time is passed then event [2102] will remain activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [2101]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
2103. - Angle compensation :
NOTE: Only in use for devices with transformer differential protection!
In case of transformer application, the angle compensation can be activated. Table 3-1 shows the possible settings and the corresponding phase shifts (Iprim/Isec) of the different transformer types.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
2101.- Diff. Limit [ 200]A : 20.0 %
2102.– Dealy time (definite) : 0.15 sec
2103.- Angle compensation : Dy1
2104.- reserved :
2105.- power flow for 87LD : forward
2106.- min. voltage for 87LD : 0,0 %
2107.- Inrush blocking : ON
2108.- Bias limit : 10.0 %
2109.- Zero compensation : OFF
2110.- delay pickup in cycles: 1
2111.- block protection by : 0 ev.
2112.- reserved :
2100.Diff. Protective relay
ANSI 87 Differential protection Setting range:
ON/OFF
1,0-99,9 %
0,03-999,99 sec
None,Dy1,Dy5,Dy7,Dy11,Yd1…
forward/reverse
1,0-99,9 %
ON/OFF
1,0-99,9 %
ON/OFF
0-9999
0-9999
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 191/226 -
Table 3-1 Vector group matching
Transformer type
Phase shift Iprim to Isec (deg)
Transformer type
Phase shift Iprim to Isec (deg)
NONE 0
Dy1 30 Dd0 0
Dy5 150 Dd2 60
Dy7 210 Dd4 120
Dy11 330 Dd6 180
Yd1 30 Dd8 240
Yd5 150 Dd10 300
Yd7 210 Yy0 0
Yd11 330 Yy6 180
Dy11d0 y11 : Iprim to Isec1 :330° ; Isec1 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1 d0 : Iprim to Isec2 : 0° ; Isec2 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2
Yy6d5 y6 : Iprim to Isec1 : 180° ; Isec1 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2 d5 : Iprim to Isec2 : 150° ; Isec2 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1
Yy0d1 Y0 : Iprim to Isec1 : 0° ; Isec1 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2 d1 : Iprim to Isec2 : 30° ; Isec2 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1
2104. reserved :
2105.- power flow for 87LD :
NOTE: Only in use for devices with line differential protection!
Definition of the power flow; the direction of the power flow will be transferred via the communication line. The status of the power flow is used to compare the RMS-values of the feeder phase currents with the received currents values (RMS) of the partner device. This function is activated when parameter [2106] is unequal to zero.
2106. - min. voltage for 87LD :
NOTE: Only in use for devices with line differential protection!
The operation of the line differential protection is influenced in the following ways:
“0%”: The line differential protection is always active. Only the RMS-values of both devices are compared.
“1%” – “99%”: The line differential protection function is blocked when a minimum of one feeder voltage is zero or under the limit value. If the feeder voltage is higher than this limit the protection function will be released, the power flow status of each phase will be calculated and transferred to the partner device.
2107. - Inrush blocking : The delay time of parameter [2102] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI 95i settings are detected. The condition of the inrush can be set within the parameter group “ANSI 95i inrush blocking”.
2108. - Bias limit : If the actual measured feeder current exceeds the nominal value a spread factor will be calculated, increasing the limit of parameter [2101]. Figure 3-76 shows the formula and the characteristic of the bias factor:
Service Manual
- 192/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-79 Formula and characteristic of the bias factor
2109. - Zero compensation :
NOTE: Only in use for devices with transformer differential protection!
This parameter activates the zero compensation. In case of start-connection of transformer (e.g. Dyn 11 with connected neutral line) the y-connected side will be zero compensated. Therefore the sum of all momentary phase current values will be calculated. This neutral current will be used to reduce the measured current difference of the transformer.
2110. - delay pickup in cycles : If the actual measured difference current is higher then the limit setting of definite differential protection (parameter [2101]) the pickup of this protection relay will be activated. The delay of the pickup can be cycle wise (at fn = 50 Hz: 20 ms, at fn=60 Hz: 16,7 ms) increased by this parameter.
Example: Rated frequency = 50 Hz. Parameter [2110] = 3 => Pickup delay time: 3 × 20 ms = 60 ms.
2111. - block protection by : Differential protection can be completely blocked by any active event. For blocking, the number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to parameter [2111]. Blocking is only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is active.
2112. - reserved :
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
diffe
ren
tia
l p
rote
ctio
n lim
it in
[%
] o
f In
Calculation of actual differential protection limit mit factor:
diff. limit = parameter [2101] + parameter [2101] x
parameter [2108]/100 x (I/In -1)
whereby:
parameter [2101]: diff.limit [ANSI 87]
parameter [2108]: bias factor (in percent)
bias = 50,0%
bias = 40,0%
bias = 30,0%
bias = 20,0%
bias = 10,0%
ANSI 87 [bias factor]
I/In
Setpoint diff. limit: [2101] = 20.0%
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 193/226 -
Figure 3-77 shows a CT-connection example for the ANSI 87 protection relay.
Figure 3-80 CT-connection for ANSI 87
G/M
3
P1
P2P1
P2P1
P2
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
14IG1
I3
I2
I1
IISO15
AVR
Rotor insulation
P1
P2P1
P2P1
P2
7
8
9
10
11
12ID3
ID2
ID1
CT
CT
X1 = Type 3 CMA 199 – 3/13
SYMAP®-BC_connection_ANSI 87N
CT-connection
X 1
Service Manual
- 194/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.31 ANSI 87LD – Line Differential Protection
The line differential protection supervises a line section through current differential measurement. Therefore 2 devices on both line ends are necessary. Both devices are measuring the 3 phase line current. Over fibre optic, or copper pilot wire, the measuring values will be transmitted, and the difference values calculated. In the case of over limits, both circuit breakers on the cable end will be tripped.
Connection example for fibre optic
with: IA: Line current measured in station A IB: Line current measured in station B ID: Differential current IA- IB
LWL: Fiber optic; Communication interface between A and B
Figure 3-81 Line Differential Protection – fibre optic connection
k l klStation A
Device B
Protection area
Tranzfer lineIA IB
Device A
Station B
LWL (max.: 40 km)
Mode *Max. Distance
Line/Core
Singlemode 40 km 9/125 µm Multimode 2,5 km 62,5/125 µm
Max. Distance on patch numbers.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 195/226 -
Connection example for copper connection
with: IA: Line current measured in station A IB: Line current measured in station B ID: Differential current IA- IB
LD-copper: Copper line; communication interface between Device A and B
Figure 3-82 Line Differential Protection – copper pilot wiring
Table 3-2 LD copper connection
Mode Min.Baud rate
Type /line cross section *Max. Distance
Load resistance
Multi mode
125KBd/s Copper Nym line/1,5mm² 400m
RT=120Ω Twisted and blinded line 0,5mm²
700m
* the longer the distance, the smaller the baud rate
Measuring method
Both devices measure the three phase current and voltage on both line ends. Via this dates, the
devices calculate value and direction of each phase current. This data’s will be transmitted over the
fibre optics or copper wire to the other side. After accurate transmission the differential currents
will be calculated. For the case of faulty communication the protection will be immediately
blocked.
Communication [system parameter/03 communication] Both, fibre optic and copper connection will be activated by communication parameter (serial port 2):
Parameter description:
0322. SERIAL PORT (ASC2) : Engaging of the serial port for the fibre optic, and the copper connection.
Station A
Protection device B
Protection area
TranzferlineIA IB
LD-cooper line (max.: 700m)
29a
28a
29
28
29a
28a
29
28
120 120 Protection decice A
Station B
Service Manual
- 196/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0323. -address : Communication address; within the fibre optic and the copper connection the decive should have address numbers 1 and 2.
0324. -baud rate : Bit rate; the baud rate of the fibre optic communication needs to be adjusted on min. 89300 Baud (bit/sec), and for the copper communication min. 125000 Baud (bit/sec). A higher bit rate improves the result of the differential current measurement, due to the fact, that the relative time delay for the protocol exchange will be limited. This parameter needs to be similar for both devices.
After adjusting the communication parameter, both devices will establish a connection. Therefore the device with the No.1 will send a protocol with the measurement values to device 2 all 16-20ms. After successful receive of the protocol, the device 2 will answer with an own protocol. The line differential protection will be blocked, if within 20ms no protocol will be received. The event [0324] will be activated, if more than 10 protocols will be lost consecutively. After 2 min. communication error, the system alarm „3041. ACC2 bus off“ will be activated. .
Calibration parameter Via the calibration parameter hardware components will be activated. The following calibrating parameters are important for the line differential protection.
Parameter description:
0067. Diff. Current input : Activation of the differential protection; over engaging „LINE DIFF“ the operating system will be prepared in that way, that the currents for the differential calculation will be transmitted over the fibre optic, or copper connection.
0060. Current direction : Definition of the current direction; for current measuring in one similar direction (see k and l designation in figure 1.1), the direction of both devices needs to be adjusted on „forward“. If both devices are measuring into the protection zone, one device needs to be adjusted on „forward“, the other one on „reverse“.
Protection parameter
For line differential protection the parameter „ANSI 87 Differential protection“ needs to be chosen.
The following parameters are available.
Parameter description:
2100. Diff. Protection relay : Protection function activate/ deactivate; for activation of the line differential protection, put the parameter „ON“.
2101. - Diff. limit [ 80]A : Limit for differential protection. If the diff. current exceeds this limit, the differential protection will be started and event no. [2101] activated; (difference of the instantaneous current values from device A and B inclusive the power flow). For secure function of this limit min. 60ms are necessary.
2102. - Delay time (definite) : Delay time; exceeding of this time period activate the event [2102]. This event no. should be used for function outputs or alarms.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 197/226 -
2103. - 2104. These parameters are not used.
2105. - power flow for 87LD : Definition of the power flow; this parameter is similar to the calibration parameter [0060], however this parameter refers just on the direction of the differential protection. All further directional protection functions will be not affected.
2106. - min. voltage for 87LD : Min. line voltage for enabling the line differential protection; all 3 line voltage needs to be above this limit, for activation of the line differential protection.
2106. - Inrush blocking : Inrush blocking; if an „inrush“ is detected“, the inrush blocking from parameter [2102] could be used. Therefore the relays „ANSI 95i inrush blocking „ needs to be activated. All necessary criteria for the detection of an inrush could be adjusted in this parameter group, in order to extend the time limits.
2107. - Bias limit : Adjustment of the stabilizaation current; if the line current is above the nominal current, (Parameter [0200]), the Parameter [2101] enables to extend the value depending the current value. See „bias limit“ table service manual, chapter 1.2.28.
2108. - Zero compensation : This parameter is not used.
Service Manual
- 198/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
3.32 ANSI 87 N – Restrict earth fault relay
Restrict earth fault relay is a protective relay that functions on a percentage difference of two
currents or of some other electrical quantities.
Figure 3-83 ANSI 87 N
Parameter description:
2120. Restr.earth fault :
“OFF”: restrict earth fault relay is inactive.
“ON”: restricted earth fault relay is active. The fault current will be calculated referring to figure 3-81
“ON PRIMARY”: restricted earth fault relay is active. The fault current will be calculated referring to figure 3-82
2121. - Limit value [xxxx]A : Limit setting of definite differential protection
2122. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2121]; use this event to activate an output.
2123. - Delay CT-saturation : If the differential current transformer is operating in saturation the protection function (ANSI 87 N) will be blocked. After returning to the normal CT range, this delay time has to expire to activate the protection function again.
2124. - Inrush blocking : The delay time of parameter [2122] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI 95i settings are detected.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
2121. – Limit value [ 50]A: 5,0 %
2122. – Dealy time (definite): 0,3 sec
2123. – Dealy CT-saturation : 1,0 sec
2124. – Inrush blocking : ON
2120. Restr.earth fault
ANSI 87N Restrict earth fault relay Setting range:
ON/OFF/ON PRIMARY
0,0-999,9 %
0,1-9999,9 sec
0,1-9999,9 sec
ON/OFF
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 199/226 -
NOTE: The transformer winding ratio and transformer CT current on the secondary side will be taken from ANSI 87 parameters [2104] and [2105].
Restricted earth fault for Transformer application Parameter [2120] = “ON”
Figure 3-84 Restricted earth fault for Transformer application
P1
P2P1
P2P1
P2
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
14IG1
I3
I2
I1
P1
P2P1
P2P1
P2
7
8
9
10
11
12ID3
ID2
ID1
CTSec
CTPrim
X1 = Type 5 CMA 199 – 4/14
CT-Cooection
P1
P2
15
16IG2
Calculation for the fault
current:
I87N = ID1 + ID2 + ID3 - IG2
X 1
X 1
N L1 L2 L3
Service Manual
- 200/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Restricted earth fault for Generator/Motor application Parameter [2120] = “ON PRIMARY”
Figure 3-85 Restricted earth fault for Generator/Motor application
P1
P2P1
P2P1
P2
1
2
3
4
5
6I3
I2
I1
CTgnd
CTPrim
CT-connection
P1
P2
13
14
IG1
Calculation for the
fault current:
I87N = I1 + I2 + I3 - IG1
X 1
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 201/226 -
3.33 ANSI 94 – Supervision relay
Figure 3-86 ANSI 94
Parameter description:
2220. Shunt #1 circuit superv. :
“OFF”: the supervision is inactive.
“CB ON”: the supervision is active if the CB is closed and the Shunt#1 is inactive (the coil is open).
“ON”: the supervision is active if the Shunt#1 is inactive (the coil is open).
2221. - Undervoltage limit : Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the shunt trip #1 circuit
2222. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2222]; use this event to activate an output.
2223. Shunt#2 circuit superv. :
“OFF”: the supervision is inactive.
“CB OFF”: the supervision is active if the CB is open and the Shunt#2 is inactive (the coil is open).
“ON”: the supervision is active if the Shunt#2 is inactive (the coil is open).
2224. - Undervoltage limit : Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the shunt trip #2 circuit
2225. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2226]; use this event to activate an output.
2226. Aux. power supervision : Enable switch.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
2221. – Undervoltage limit : 80,0 %
2222. – Dealy time (definite): 10,0 sec
2223. Shunt#2 circuit superv. : OFF
2224. – Undervoltage limit : 80,0 %
2225. – Dealy time (definite): 10,0 sec
2226. Aux. Power supervision : ON
2227. – Overvoltage limit : 120,0 %
2228. – Delay time (definite) : 10,0 sec
2229. - Undervoltage limit : 80,0 %
2230. – Delay time (definite) : 10,0 sec
2220. Shunt#1 circuit super.
ANSI 94 Supervission relay Setting range:
OFF/CB ON/ON
0,0-100,0 %
0,1-999,9 sec
OFF/CB ON/ON
0,0-100,0 %
0,1-999,9 sec
OFF/ON
0,0-200,0 %
0,1-999,9 sec
0,0-200,0 %
0,1-999,9 sec
Service Manual
- 202/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2227. - Overvoltage limit : Setting of the overvoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the aux. power circuit.
2228. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2230]; use this event to activate an output.
2229. - Undervoltage limit : Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux.voltage of the aux. power circuit.
2230. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2232]. Use this event to activate an output.
Figures 3-84 and 3-85 show the DC application for breaker coil supervision.
Figure 3-87 DC application – Working principle to connect the SYMAP® to DC breaker coils
Free-wheeling diode
+
-
Binary output of SYMAP
®
For DC use of contacts from SYMAP
®, the relay coils must have
a free-wheeling diode in parallel.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 203/226 -
Figure 3-88 DC-application – Connection of SYMAP®for DC breaker coil supervision
Figures 3-86 show the AC application for breaker coil supervision.
~
~
SYMAP®
OFF ON
18
19
20
21
Shunt 1:
Terminals 18 and 19 for „Trip“
Resistor:
R = 15 X ROFF coil
Resistor:
R = 15 X RON coil
Control voltage: 24 - 250V AC
Figure 3-89 AC-Application – Connection of SYMAP®for AC breaker coil supervision
Free-wheeling diodes
+
-
SYMAP®
OFF ON
18
19
20
21
Shunt 1:
Terminal 18 and 19 for „Trip“
Resistor:
R = 15 X ROFF coil
Resistor:
R = 15 X RON coil
Control voltge: 24 - 250V DC
Service Manual
- 204/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figures 3-87 and 3-88 show the logical diagrams for shunt trip supervision and auxiliary power (control voltage) supervision.
Figure 3-90 Logic diagram for the shunt trip supervision
Figure 3-91 Logic diagram for the aux. power supervision
„1" E 2200 94-1 aktive
ANSIN 94-1
Shunt Trip #1
off
on
P 2221 Nom. Aux. Voltage
CB closed
&
U <0 T
E 2222 Limit reached P 2223 94-1 Delay
E 2223 94-1 Trip
P 2222 94-1 Pickup
„1" E 2224 94-2 aktive
ANSIN 94-2
Shunt Trip #2
off
on
P 2225 Nom. Aux. Voltage
CB closed
&
U <0 T
E 2226 Limit reached P 2227 94-2 Delay
E 2227 94-4 Trip
P 2226 94-2 Pickup
„1" E 2228 94-3 aktive
ANSIN 94-3
Aux. Power
off
on
P 2229 Uaux nominal input
&
U >
0 T
E 2230 Limit reached P 2231 94-3 U > Delay
E 2231 94-3 U > Trip
P 2230 94-3 Overvolrage Pickup
&
U <
0 T
E 2232 Limit reached P 2233 94-3 U < Delay
E 2233 94-3 U < Trip
P 2232 94-3 Undervolrage Pickup
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 205/226 -
3.34 ANSI 95 i – Inrush blocking relay
When the SYMAP® is installed to protect a power transformer, large magnetizing inrush currents will flow when the transformer is energized. These inrush currents may be several times the nominal transformer current and depending on the transformer size and design, may last from several milliseconds to several seconds.
Although pickup of the relay elements is based only on the fundamental harmonic component of the
measured currents, false device pickup due to inrush is still a potential problem since, depending on
the transformer size and design, the fundamental harmonic comprises a large component of the
inrush current.
The SYMAP® features an integrated inrush restraint function that may be utilized when the device is installed at or near a transformer. It supervises the “normal” tripping of all directional and non-directional overcurrent relay elements with the exception of the ANSI 67 and ANSI 67GS/GD relay elements. For example, when a transformer is energized the current levels may exceed the normal pickup of the overcurrent elements set in the device. If inrush conditions are identified (the 2nd harmonic content of current exceeds the value of setting at parameter [2302]) special inrush messages are created within the device that will block tripping of the overcurrent elements. Note that only the tripping elements are affected by harmonic inrush detection, the pickup values and corresponding timers continue to operate normally. Inrush current contains a relatively large second harmonic component which is nearly absent during a short-circuit fault. Inrush current detection, therefore, is based on the evaluation of the second harmonic component present during inrush conditions. For frequency analysis, digital filters are used to conduct a Fourier analysis of all three phase currents and the ground current. As soon as the second harmonic component of the current flowing in a specific phase or ground relay element exceeds a set value, tripping is blocked for that element (does not apply ANSI 67, and ANSI 67GS/GD elements). Since quantitative analysis of the harmonic components of the current flowing through a specific relay element cannot be completed until a full cycle of inrush current has been measured, inrush restraint blocking and the associated inrush detection message is automatically delayed by one cycle. However, it is important to note that the tripping time delays associated with the relay elements are started immediately after pickup of the relay element, even if the inrush conditions are detected. If inrush blocking drops out during the time delay tripping will occur when the time delay of the element elapses. If inrush blocking drops out after the time delay has elapsed tripping will occur immediately. Therefore, utilization of the inrush restraint feature will not result in any additional tripping delays. If a relay element drops out during inrush blocking the associated time delay will reset.
Service Manual
- 206/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-92 ANSI 95 i
Parameter description:
2300. Inrush blocking relay : If the inrush blocking relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
2301. - limit of DC-portion : Limit setting of DC-portion of the measured current value
2302. - 2. harmonic content : Limit setting of 2nd. harmonic content of the measured current value
2303. - Te extension time : Measuring interval for inrush check
2304. - Tmax blocking time : Maximum inrush blocking time
2305. - Imax blocking inrush : If the measured current exceeds this limit the inrush blocking function will be switched off.
BACK EXIT
: OFF
2301. – limit of DC-portion : 10,0 %
2302. – 2. harmonic content : 20 %
2303. – Te extension time : 100 ms
2304. – Tmax blocking time : 0,20 sec
2305. – Tmax blocking inrush : 1600 %
2300. Inrush blocking relay
ANSI 94i Inrush blocking relay Setting range:
ON/OFF
1,0-99,9 %
1-99 %
30-9999 ms
0,03-99,99 sec
1-2999 %
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 207/226 -
3.35 ANSI FF – Fuse failure (voltages)
There are three independent fuse failure relays for the generator, BUS1 and BUS2 voltage measure inputs available. The fuse failure protection monitors the displacement voltage Uo and the phase voltages U1, U2 and U3. For every relay three independent limits are available. The user can define own combinations of these three limits. Limits which are not used should be set to zero. The delay will only start to run if all enabled limits are reached.
NOTE: The Fuse failure relays should not be used for ungrounded systems.
Figure 3-93 ANSI FF
Parameter description:
The parameters for the generator, BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the following only the generator parameters are described.
2310. GENERATOR fuse failure : The enable switch for this Fuse failure relay
2311. - Uo limit : This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The displacement voltage is calculated from the phase voltages U1, U2 and U3. The percentage is calculated from parameter P[0201].
Example:
P [2311] (22.5%) * P [0201] (400V) / √3 = 51.9 V
Event [2311] is activated if the displacement voltage reaches this limit and all other enabled limits are reached.
BACK EXIT
: ON
2311. – Uo limit : 22.5 %
2312. – low voltage limit : 8.3 %
2313. – high voltage limit: 95.6 %
2314. – delay (definite) : 3.0 sec
2320. BUS 1 fuse failure : OFF
2321. – Uo limit : 30.0 %
2322. – low voltage limit : 12.0 %
2323. – high voltage limit: 97.0 %
2324. – delay (definite) : 8.0 sec
2330. BUS 3 fuse failure : OFF
2331. – Uo limit : 35.0 %
2332. – low voltage limit : 20.0 %
2333. – high voltage limit: 98.0 %
2334. – delay (definite) : 7.5 sec
2310. GENERATOR fuse failure
FF Fuse failure (voltages) Setting range:
ON/OFF
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
ON/OFF
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
ON/OFF
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
Service Manual
- 208/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2312. - low voltage limit : This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The percentage is calculated from parameter P[0201].
Example:
P [2312](8.3%) * P [0201](400V) / √3 = 19.1 V
Event [2312] is activated if one of the three phase voltages U1, U2 or U3 reaches this limit and all other enabled limits are reached.
2313. - high voltage limit : This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The percentage is calculated from parameter P[0201].
Example:
P [2313](95.6%) * P [0201](400V) / √3 = 220.7 V
Event [2313] is activated if one of the three phase voltages U1, U2 or U3 reaches this limit and all other enabled limits are reached.
2314. - delay (definite) : Use this event to activate a binary output and an alarm. This event is active if a combination of the three limits is logically true and the delay is passed. The enabled limits are logically AND associated. In the table 3-3 all seven possible combinations of enabled limits are listed:
Table 3-3 Combinations of enabled limits
Uo limit Low limit High limit
1 X
2 X
3 X
4 X X
5 X X
6 X X
7 X X X
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 209/226 -
3.36 Auxiliary limits
With these 8 auxiliary limits the user can define further events for his own applications. The time delays of these limits are not as exact as the delay time of the ANSI devices. All these limits will be checked two times per second, so they have an accuracy of 500 ms.
Figure 3-94 Auxiliary limits-1
Figure 3-95 Auxiliary limits-2
Parameter description:
2340. CURRENT (avg) - 1. limit : The enable switch for this auxiliary limit:
“OFF”: This limit is disabled.
“LOW”: The limit is reached if the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [2341]
“HIGH”: The limit is reached if the actual value is higher than the limit of parameter [2341]
BACK EXIT
2340. CURRENT(avg) – 1. limit: OFF
2341. – limit: 0.0 %
2342. – delay: 0.0 sec
2343. – 2. limit: OFF
2344. – limit: 0.0 %
2345. – delay: 0.0 sec
2346. VOLTAGE(avg) – 1. limit: OFF
2347. – limit: 0.0 %
2348. – delay: 0.0 sec
2349. – 2. limit: OFF
2350. – limit: 0.0 %
2351. – delay: 0.0 sec
AUXILIARY LIMITS Setting range:
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
BACK EXIT
2352. POWER (sun) – 1. limit: OFF
2353. – limit: 0.0 %
2354. – delay: 0.0 sec
2355. – 2. limit: OFF
2356. – limit: 0.0 %
2357. – delay: 0.0 sec
2358. FREQUENCY – 1. limit: OFF
2359. – limit: 0.0 %
2360. – delay: 0.0 sec
2361. – 2. limit: OFF
2362. – limit: 0.0 %
2363. – delay: 0.0 sec
AUXILIARY LIMITS Setting range:
OFF/LOW/HIGH/REV-H/CAP-H/IND-H
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH/REV-H/CAP-H/IND-H
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0,0-999,9 %
0,0-999,9 sec
Service Manual
- 210/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2341. - limit : The percentage is calculated from parameter [0200]. Event [2341] is activated if the average current reaches this limit.
2342. - delay : This event is active if the limit is reached and the delay is passed.
2343. - 2. limit : to
2345. - delay : See the 1. Current limit
2346. VOLTAGE (avg) - 1. limit : to
2351. - delay : The voltage limits are identical as the current limits with the exception that the percentage is calculated from parameter [0201].
2352. POWER (sum) - 1. limit : The enable switch for this auxiliary limit:
“OFF”: This limit is disabled.
“LOW”: The limit is reached if the active power falls below the limit of parameter [2353].
“HIGH”: The limit is reached if the active power is higher than the limit of parameter [2353].
“REV-H”: The limit is reached if the reverse power is higher than the limit of parameter [2353].
“CAP-H”: The limit is reached if the reactive cap. power is higher than the limit of parameter [2353].
“IND-H”: The limit is reached if the reactive ind. power is higher than the limit of parameter [2353].
2353. - limit : The percentage is calculated from parameter [0202]. Event [2353] is activated if the actual value reaches this limit.
2354. - delay : This event is active if the limit is reached and the delay is passed.
2355. - 2. limit : to
2357. - delay : See the 1. Power limit
2358. FREQUENCY - 1. limit : to
2363. - delay : The frequency limits are identical as the current or voltage limits with the exception that the percentage is calculated from parameter [0203].
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 211/226 -
3.37 ANSI CW Contact wear measurement
The Contact wear measurement can be used to get a statistic supervision of the wear of the contacts (due to switching operations) of a circuit breaker.
Figure 3-96 Contact wear measurement-1
Figure 3-97 Contact wear measurement-2
BACK EXIT
1930.Contact wear measurement: ON
1931. –sum of sw. Current L1 : 730 kA
1932. –sum of sw. Current L2 : 749 kA
1933. –sum of sw. Current L3 : 787 kA
1934. –sum of contact wear L1: 16.42 %
1935. –sum of contact wear L2: 17.38 %
1936. –sum of contact wear L3: 15.29 %
1937. –switching cycles : 835
1938. –max switching cycles : 7500
1939. –sw. current 1.limit : 7500 kA
1940. –sw. current 2.limit : 7800 kA
1941. –sw. current 3.limit : 8000 kA
Contact wear measurement Setting range:
OFF/ON
0-65500 kA
0-65500 kA
0-65500 kA
0,00-650,00 %
0,00-650,00 %
0,00-650,00 %
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500 kA
0-65500 kA
0-65500 kA
BACK EXIT
1942. -sw. current 4.limit : 8300 kA
1943. –contact wear 1.limit : 85.50 %
1944. –contact wear 2.limit : 87.60 %
1945. –contact wear 3.limit : 94.35 %
1946. –contact wear 4.limit : 97.65 %
1947. –switch cycles 1.limit : 7000
1948. –switch cycles 2.limit : 7200
1949. –switch cycles 3.limit : 7400
1950. –switch cycles 3.limit : 7480
1951. – min.switching current: 1.00 kA
1952. – max. CO cycles : 10000
1953. –1.switching current : 2.00 kA
Contact wear measurement Setting range:
0-65500 kA
0,00-650,00 %
0,00-650,00 %
0,00-650,00 %
0,00-650,00 %
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
Service Manual
- 212/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 3-98 Contact wear measurement-3
Figure 3-99 Contact wear measurement-4
Figure 3-100 Contact wear measurement-5
BACK EXIT
1954. -1.max. CO cycles : 4500
1955. –2.switching current : 3.00 kA
1956. –2.max. CO cycles : 3000
1957. –3.switching current : 4.00 kA
1958. –3.max. CO cycles : 2300
1959. –4.switching current : 5.00 kA
1960. –4.max. CO cycles : 1800
1961. –5.switching current : 6.00 kA
1962. –5.max. CO cycles : 1450
1963. –6.switching current : 7.00 kA
1964. –6.max. CO cycles : 1200
1965. –7.switching current : 8.00 kA
Contact wear measurement Setting range:
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
BACK EXIT
1966. -7.max. CO cycles : 1000
1967. –8.switching current : 9.00 kA
1968. –8.max. CO cycles : 850
1969. –9.switching current : 10.00 kA
1970. –9.max. CO cycles : 740
1971. –10.switching current : 12.00 kA
1972. –10.max. CO cycles : 600
1973. –11.switching current : 14.00 kA
1974. –11.max. CO cycles : 490
1975. –12.switching current : 16.00 kA
1976. –12.max. CO cycles : 400
1977. –13.switching current : 18.00 kA
Contact wear measurement Setting range:
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
BACK EXIT
1978. -13.max. CO cycles : 330
1979. –14.switching current : 20.00 kA
1980. –14.max. CO cycles : 270
1981. –15.switching current : 22.00 kA
1982. –15.max. CO cycles : 230
1983. –16.switching current : 24.00 kA
1984. –16.max. CO cycles : 190
1985. –Timeout counter cycles: 800 ms
1986.Temp/current supervision: OFF
1987. – recprd cycle time : 0 min
1988. – current average time : 0 min
Contact wear measurement Setting range:
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0,00-650,00 kA
0-65500
0-65500 ms
OFF/ON
0-60000 min
0-1440 min
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 213/226 -
Parameter description:
1930. Contact wear measurement : The enable switch for this function
On every switching cycle (OFF->ON) of the circuit breaker, the actual phase currents are measured and the contact wear for every phase is calculated (according to a curve, which can be defined with 16 points). The values for the currents, the contact wear and the cycles are then integrated (summed) on the corresponding integrators (parameters [1931] to [1937]).
With the following parameters [1931] to [1937] initial values can be set. This can be usefull if the switching equipment was already in use before this measurement is installed. Furthermore these parameters are counting the related values during every switching process.
1931. - sum of sw. current L1 : to
1933. - sum of sw. current L3 : With these parameters initial values for the sum of the switching current for the three phases (L1-L3) can be set. Furthermore these parameters are counting the currents during every switching process.
1934. - sum of contact wear L1 : to
1936. - sum of contact wear L3 : With these parameters initial values for the sum of the contact wear for the three phases (L1-L3) can be set. Furthermore these parameters are counting the contact wear during every switching process.
1937. - switching cycles : With this parameter an initial value for the sum of the switching cycles can be set. Furthermore this parameter counts the cycle during every switching process.
1938. - max switching cycles : With this parameter a max. value for the sum of the switching cycles can be set.
With the parameters [1939] to [1950] supervision limits can be set. If a limit is reached the corresponding event (event number = parameter number) will be activated. The events can be used to trigger an alarm or binary output. A limit can be disabled by setting the value to zero.
1939. - sw. current 1.limit : to
1942. - sw. current 4.limit : There are four limits available for the sum of the switching currents. A limit is active if one of the sum (parameters [1931] to [1933]) reaches the limit value.
NOTE: The values in the ∑I kA column in the Contact wear page will show “---” if parameters [1939] to [1942] are all set to zero.
1943.- contact wear 1.limit : to
1946. - contact wear 4.limit : There are four limits available for the sum of the contact wear. A limit is active if one of the sum (parameters [1934] to [1936]) reaches the limit value.
Service Manual
- 214/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
1947. - switch cycles 1.limit : to
1950. - switch cycles 4.limit : There are four limits available for the sum of the switching cycles. A limit is active if the sum (parameter [1937]) reaches the limit value.
With the parameters [1951] to [1984] a curve for the calculation of the contact wear can be defined. During a switching cycle the contact wear of the circuit breaker will be calculated according to this curve. The curve is defined with one min. point and 16 points. Every point consists of one current value and the related max. Closed-Open (CO) cycle for the current at this point. The contact wear is taken as the reciprocal value in percent of the max. CO cycles for that current.
1951. - min.switching current : 1952.- max. CO cycles :
If the actual current is below this point the max. CO cycles remains the same. These two parameters are mandatory and must be set.
1953. -1.switching current : 1954.-1.max. CO cycles :
to 1983. -16.switching current : 1984.-16.max. CO cycles :
If the current is between two points the related max. CO cycles will be linearly interpolated. The points can be set in any order (the curve will sorted internally). A point will be only taken if at least one of the two values is greater zero. It is not mandatory to set all the 16 points. If the actual current is greater than the last point than the related max. CO cycles will be calculated continuously linear with a constant slope.
1985. -Timeout counter CB op. : This parameter defines the timeout value for the current measurement from the moment the actual current is decreasing until the moment the circuit breaker opens.
1986.Temp/current supervision : 1987. - record cycle time : 1988. - current average time :
Detects the max. temperatures measured via the analogue inputs 1-3 over a given record cycle time. The record cycle time can be set with parameter [1987]. The max. temperatures are stored together with the corresponding feeder average phase currents L1-L3. The current average time (0...1440 min (max. 24 h)) can be set with parameter [1988]. After each record cycle time the max. temperatures and the average currents of the last cycle are stored in the detailed protection history, and a new cycle will start. The average currents are stored in the current phase fields, and the max. temperatures are stored in the voltage phase fields of the detailed protection history.
Events: 1986 TCS active: will be set constantly if parameter [1986] = ON. 1987 TCS cycle : will be set for 1sec after each cycle time.
1989. - CB trip signal : In case that a circuit breaker OFF signal is available, this signal can be assigned to an binary input of SYMAP®. This parameter defines the binary input which is connected to the breaker ON signal. In case of breaker trip signal is recognized the actual current and voltage values(RMS) will be stored at that time in a separate memory. These values will be used for the contact wear measurement.
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 215/226 -
3.38 ANSI FL Fault Locator
The Fault Locator calculates the distance tot he fault location after any overcurrent protection trip. The calculation is initiatedeach time that the circuit breaker is switched of by any of the protective functions ANSI 50, 50G, 51, 51G, und 67. Immediately prior to the protection trip all relevant current and voltage values are saved. The fault location will be represented in the detailed protection history subsequently to the evaluation of the measuring values.
Figure 3-101 ANSI FL Fault Locator
Parameter description:
2390. Fault Locator : If the Fault Locator should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
2391.-spec.line ind.X [mO/km] : This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific inductive resistance X' (X' = L' 2 π f; with: specific inductance L' and frequency f) per unit length l (L' = L/l;
[mH/km] => X' = X/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a phase-to-
phase loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the conductor).
2392.-spec.line res.R [mO/km] : This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific series resistance R' per unit length l (R' = R/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a
phase-to-phase loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the conductor).
2391.-gnd-loop ind.X[mOhm/km] : This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific inductive resistance X' (X' = L' 2 π f; with: specific inductance L' and frequency f) per unit length l (L' = L/l;
[mH/km] => X' = X/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a phase-to-
ground loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the conductor).
BACK EXIT
: ON
2391.– spec.line ind.X [mO/km]: 450
2392.– spec.line res.R [mO/km]: 350
2393.– gnd-loop ind.X[mOhm/km]: 650
2394.– gnd-loop res.R[mOhm/km]: 550
2390. Fault Locator
FF Fuse failure (voltages) Setting range:
ON/OFF
0-9999 mOhm/km
0-9999 mOhm/km
0-9999 mOhm/km
0-9999 mOhm/km
Service Manual
- 216/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
2391.-gnd-loop res.R[mOhm/km] : This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific series resistance R' per unit length l (R' = R/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a
phase-to-ground loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the conductor).
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 217/226 -
4 Alarm controller settings
The alarm controller has 79 independent free programmable alarm channels.
Figure 4-1 Alarm parameter mask
Parameter description:
ALARM CHANNEL EVENT - Select : Selects an alarm channel for editing; up to 79 alarm channels can be used.
1. and 2. line : This free programmable alarm text will appear on the alarm page if the alarm is active.
- mode : The following alarm modes are available:
“OFF”: The alarm channel is disabled.
“LATCHED”: The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the alarm disappears and the ACK-key is pressed.
“UNLATCHED”: The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the trigger event is active.
“NO ACK”: The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the trigger event is active. The alarm text in the LCD (also the beeper) disappears without ACK if the trigger event is not longer active.
- trigger : The alarm channel will be activated by this event.
- block by : The alarm channel is blocked if this event is active.
- delay : The alarm channel can be delayed with this time.
SYSTEM
RELAY EXIT
- 1.lime: 06.ANSI 50-1
2.line: - Inst.1.Overcur
- mode : UNLATCHED
- trigger : 1402
- block by: 508
- delay 0.7sec
- 1. group: 87
- 2. group: none
- priority: 2
- option : none
- beeper : OFF
SelectALARM CHANNEL EVENT – : 0006 Setting range: 1-79
Max. 17 characters
Max. 17 characters
OFF/LATCHED/UNLACHED/NO ACK
0-9999
0-9999
00,-999.9 sec
none, 80-99
none, 80-99
none, 1-12
none/MODEM/PRINTER/MODM+PRNT
OFF/ON
LED CONTROL
- ALARN : X
- TRIP :
- red : X
- amber :
- green :
Service Manual
- 218/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 4-2 shows the context of the trigger event, the block event, the delay and the ACK:
Figure 4-2 Alarm channel logic
- 1. and 2. Group : Each alarm channel can be assigned to one or two alarm groups. If one of the alarms belonging to this group is active the corresponding group event will also be activated. A maximum of twenty alarm groups (80-99) can be created.
- priority :
NOTE: Only for SYMAP® devices equipped with power management!
Through the priority settings, useful attributes can be set to the corresponding alarm channels. Additional operations such as “change to manual mode,” “start the next diesel” or “stop own aggregate” will activated after the alarm appears. Table 4-1 shows all alarm priorities and the corresponding operations that are activated after appearance of the alarm.
Table 4-1 Alarm controller
Operation after the alarm appears Alarm priority
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Change to manual mode X X X X X X X X X
Start next stand-by engine X X X X X X X X X
Immediately Stop X X
Normal Stop X
Immediately Stop after started engine tries to synchronize
X
Normal Stop after next C.B. is closed X
Only open Breaker* after started engine tries to synchronize
X
Only open Breaker* with load reduction after next C.B. is closed
X
Set the start valve max trials parameter [0632] to 10 and the cooling down time parameter [0656] to 600.0 sec
X
Normal Stop after next C.B. is closed, but without parameter [0651] (ALARM DELAY – max time)
X
Normal Stop without load reduction after started engine tries to synchronize
X
* means Shunt #1 output
S
R Q
&Trigger event
block event
SR
delay
ACK alarm aktive
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 219/226 -
- option :
“NONE”: No action when the alarm appears
“MODEM”: The alarm will be sent automatically over a modem (if available).
“PRINTER”: The alarm will be sent automatically to a printer over Serial port 2.
“MODEM+PRINT”: The alarm will be sent automatically over a modem and to a printer.
- beeper :
“OFF”: No sound when the alarm appears
“ON”: When the alarm appears the beeper will be active until the ACK-key is pressed.
NOTE: There is a special beeper event [2918] which can be used to drive external signal devices over a binary output.
LED CONTROL . The LED control box defines the action of the alarm LEDs if the alarm occurs:
“ALARM”: The main alarm LED will be activated.
“TRIP”: The trip LED will be activated.
“red, amber, green”: (“green”: only SYMAP® BC/BCG): The multi-colored LEDs left of the LCD screen (where the alarm text is shown) will be activated. If more than one color is marked the LED will blink alternately in these colors.
Service Manual
- 220/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Figure 4-3 shows the context of the latched and unlatched conditions of the alarm channel.
Figure 4-3 Context of the latched and unlatched conditions of the alarm channel
The “alarm trigger event” is the event number which activates the alarm channel. The “alarm channel event” will be active as long as the alarm is acknowledged. If the “alarm channel event ” is linked to a binary output this output will be activated in accordance to the “latched/unlatched” condition set within the alarm channel settings. The “beeper” will be activated by the “alarm trigger event” and reset after alarm acknowledgement.
NOTE: There is a special event [2936], which becomes active if a new alarm occurs. After that this event can be reset with ACK.
Alarm channel event
Alarm trigger event
Alarm output
Beeper
Acknowleedgement
UNLACHTCHED
Alarm channel event
Alarm trigger event
Alarm output
Beeper
Acknowleedgement
LACHTCHED
Alarm channel event
Alarm trigger event
Alarm output
Beeper
Acknowleedgement
LACHTCHED
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 221/226 -
5 Special parameters
This parameter group comprises some special parameters which are only accessible through the PC – Parameter Tool (Button: EXTRAS > Special parameter).
Table 5-1 Special parameters
No. Name Default Unit Range
DISPLAY FILTER
[0074] Deadband filter 2.5 % 0.0-20.0
[0075] Frequency filter 20000 mHz/se
c 0-65535
[0090] FILTER -RPM nominal/dt 10.0 sec 0.0-999.9
[0091] - analog inputs 10.0 sec 0.0-999.9
[0092] - PT 100 60.0 sec 0.0-6553.5
BINARY INPUTS
[0055] Wirefault limit 20 LSB 0-255
[0084] Oscillation limit 150 n/sec 0-65535
COMMUNICATION
[0054] SERIAL PORT1 -Stopbits 1 - 1-2
[0057] MODBUS FC3 Byte count 1 - 1-2
LOCAL/REMOTE MODE
[0078] Select breaker mode Loc/Rem - none…Test…Loc/Rem
[0088] Change to TEST mode MANUAL - MANUAL…AUTOM.
SPECIAL PARAMETER
[0060] Current direction(gen.) forward - forward…reverse
[0082] Select extension board none - none…CMA218
[0058] Analog inp.4-add. low limit 0.0 - 0.0-6553.5
CALIBRATION PARAMETER
[0032] Uaux CAL. -X3/ 1, 2 100.0 % 0.0-999.9
[0033] Shunt1 CAL.-X2.1/18,19 100.0 % 0.0-999.9
[0034] Shunt2 CAL.-X2.1/20,21 100.0 % 0.0-999.9
Parameter description:
0074. Deadband filter : This parameter is valid for all measure data which are outputted over the LCD, the analogous outputs and which are transferred through all communication ports. If any value falls below the setted deadband limit the value will be reset to zero. Furthermore, if the changing of any value is below the deadband limit the average builder (parameter [0111], see chapter 2.2) will plane the value.
0075. Frequency filter : This parameter filters the Gen., BUS1 and 2 frequencies. Only frequency changes below the set value (in mHz/sec) are accepted by the measuring system.
0090. FILTER -RPM nominal/dt :
NOTE: This parameter is only valid for SYMAP® XG/BCG (power management)!
With this parameter the measuring system builds an average of the diesel speed.
0091. FILTER - analog inputs : With this parameter the measuring system builds an average of the analog inputs values, except the PT 100 inputs (see chapter 2.5).
Service Manual
- 222/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
0092. FILTER - PT 100 : With this parameter the measuring system linearly integrates the PT100 inputs (see chapter 2.5.1). The integration time can be set with parameter [0092] (360°C jump in ? sec). The integrator will be initialised with the actual value at “Power ON” or with the F2-key on the analog inputs page (the key appears if parameter [0092] > 3.0 sec).
0055. Wirefault limit : If the measured LSB value of a binary input falls below this limit wirefault is detected (see chapter 2.6).
0084. Oscillation limit : If the changing of a binary input per seconds exceeds this limit system fail [3012] will be activated (see Appendix A2). The supervision can be disabled by setting this parameter to zero.
0054. SERIAL PORT 1 – stopbits : With this parameter the number of stopbits (1 or 2) in the transferred bytes through serial port 1 can be adjust (see chapter 2.4).
0057. MODBUS FC3 Byte count : With this parameter the number of bytes (1 or 2) of the byte count field in function code 3 of the MODBUS protocol can be adjust (see Appendix A1).
0078. Select breaker mode : With this parameter the operating (breaker) modes for the device can be selected (see chapter 2.5 in the Users manual). The following modes are available:
“none”: no modes selected; this can be used for SYMAP® XG/BCG, because for Power management usually only the AUTO/MANU. modes are used.
“Loc/Rem”: The valid modes are “Local” and “Remote”.
“Test”: The valid modes are “Local”, “Remote”, “Test Local” and “Test Remote”.
0088. Change to TEST mode : If this parameter is setted to AUTOM. and parameter [0078] to “Test” the device will switch automatically to the test mode (“Test Local” or “Test Remote”) if one breaker changes the position from IN->OUT (see chapter 2.5 in the User′s manual).
0060. Current direction (gen.) : This parameter defines the direction of the generator current.
0082. Select extension board : This parameter enables the software for various extension boards.
0058. Analog input 4 - additional low limit : With this parameter the user has the possibility to set an additional low limit for analog input 4 (see chapter 2.5). The limit is disabled if the setted value equals zero. If the value reaches this low limit, event [2935] will be set.
0032. Uaux CAL. : This parameter calibrates the Uaux measure input (see chapter 3.32).
0033. Shunt #1 CAL. : This parameter calibrates the Shunt #1 measure input (see chapter 3.32).
0034. Shunt #2 CAL. : This parameter calibrates the Shunt #2 measure input (see chapter 3.32).
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 223/226 -
6 Maintenance, Servicing and Retesting
The devices of SYMAP® product line were designed numerically. All functions base on tested hardware and software.
Maintenance All SYMAP® devices are maintenance-free. However, there are some certain, life-limited components, which causes replacement according to the given replacement cycles listed in the table below. Following components are to be considered:
Akku, Type ML2430; for storage of data in the RAM memory. The buffering time of a fully charged accumulator (stand-by operation) is about 50 days. Manufacturer’s warranted life time of the accumulator is about 10 years.
Battery, Type CR2032, for maintenance of counting date and time. The buffering time of a fully charged battery is about 50 days.
Table 6-1 Life-limited components
Component
Type Function Failure consequences
Replacement cycle
Replacement
Akku ML2430, soldering tag
Storage of data in the RAM memory
Loss of data after complete discharge of the akkumulator
ca.every 10 years
Stucke Elektronik GmbH
Battery CR2032, soldering tag
Maintenance of counting date and time after disconnecting SYMAP® power supply
Reset of date and time to default values after complete discharge of the battery
ca.every 10 years
Stucke Elektronik GmbH
Servicing All SYMAP® devices provide extensive self supervision functions for signalling different internal faults. Replacement of the life-limited components (see table above) may be undertaken only under ESD-conform conditions at the device manufacturer’s facility. Retesting A repeating secondary test is mainly to check the function of the hardware including the wiring on a regular basis. Moreover, any non-documented changes of parameter settings can be detected. Retesting intervalls are to be allocated by the user. All repeated tests for functionality checks as simplified functionality tests and secondary protection tests as complete check of the protection system fall in the scope of the regulation, which apply to valid standards for the plant area requiring the use of SYMAP® devices.
Service Manual
- 224/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Service Manual
SYMAP®
SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx - 225/226 -
Service Manual
- 226/226 - SYMAP_ServiceManual_v3.0_E.docx SYMAP®
Stucke Elektronik GmbH Merkurring 26 22143 Hamburg Germany http://www.stuckegmbh.de